1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } // end anonymous namespace 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw___float128: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 case tok::kw___auto_type: 116 return true; 117 118 case tok::annot_typename: 119 case tok::kw_char16_t: 120 case tok::kw_char32_t: 121 case tok::kw_typeof: 122 case tok::annot_decltype: 123 case tok::kw_decltype: 124 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 125 126 default: 127 break; 128 } 129 130 return false; 131 } 132 133 namespace { 134 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 135 NotFound, 136 FoundNonType, 137 FoundType 138 }; 139 } // end anonymous namespace 140 141 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 142 /// dependent class. 143 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 144 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 145 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 146 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 147 SourceLocation NameLoc, 148 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 149 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 150 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 151 // Look for type decls in base classes. 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 153 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 154 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 155 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 156 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 157 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 158 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 159 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 160 // templates. 161 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 162 continue; 163 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 164 if (!TD) 165 continue; 166 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 167 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 168 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 171 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 172 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 173 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 174 BaseRD = PS; 175 } 176 } 177 } 178 if (BaseRD) { 179 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 180 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 181 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 } 184 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 185 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 186 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 187 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 188 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 189 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 190 break; 191 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 192 break; 193 } 194 } 195 } 196 } 197 198 return FoundTypeDecl; 199 } 200 201 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 202 const IdentifierInfo &II, 203 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 204 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 205 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 206 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 207 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 208 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 209 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 210 DC = DC->getParent()) { 211 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 212 // templates. 213 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 214 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 215 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 216 } 217 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 218 return nullptr; 219 220 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 221 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 222 // lookup during template instantiation. 223 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 224 225 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 226 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 227 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 228 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 229 230 CXXScopeSpec SS; 231 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 232 233 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 234 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 235 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 236 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 237 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 238 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 239 } 240 241 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 242 /// return the declaration of that type. 243 /// 244 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 245 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 246 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 247 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 248 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 249 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 250 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 251 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 252 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 253 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 254 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 255 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 256 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 257 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 258 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 259 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 260 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 261 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 262 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 263 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 264 265 if (!LookupCtx) { 266 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 267 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 268 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 269 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 270 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 271 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 272 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 273 // 274 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 275 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 276 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 277 return nullptr; 278 279 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 280 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 281 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 282 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 283 284 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 285 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 286 II, NameLoc); 287 return ParsedType::make(T); 288 } 289 290 return nullptr; 291 } 292 293 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 294 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 295 return nullptr; 296 } 297 298 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 299 // lookup for class-names. 300 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 301 LookupOrdinaryName; 302 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 303 if (LookupCtx) { 304 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 305 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 306 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 307 // nested-name-specifier. 308 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 309 310 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 311 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 312 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 313 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 314 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 315 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 316 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 317 LookupName(Result, S); 318 } 319 } else { 320 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 321 LookupName(Result, S); 322 323 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 324 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 325 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 326 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 327 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 328 return TypeInBase; 329 } 330 } 331 332 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 333 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 334 case LookupResult::NotFound: 335 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 336 if (CorrectedII) { 337 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 338 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 339 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 340 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 341 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 342 TemplateTy Template; 343 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 344 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 345 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 346 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 347 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 348 if (SS && NNS) { 349 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 350 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 351 } 352 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 353 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 354 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 355 // is handled elsewhere). 356 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 357 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 358 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 359 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 360 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 361 IsCtorOrDtorName, 362 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 363 if (Ty) { 364 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 365 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 366 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 367 if (SS && NNS) 368 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 369 *CorrectedII = NewII; 370 return Ty; 371 } 372 } 373 } 374 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 375 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 376 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 377 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 378 return nullptr; 379 380 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 381 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 382 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 383 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 384 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 385 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 386 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 387 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 388 return nullptr; 389 } 390 391 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 392 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 393 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 394 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 395 if (!IIDecl || 396 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 397 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 398 IIDecl = *Res; 399 } 400 } 401 402 if (!IIDecl) { 403 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 404 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 405 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 406 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 407 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 408 // a type name. 409 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 410 return nullptr; 411 } 412 413 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 414 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 415 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 416 // perform the name lookup again. 417 break; 418 419 case LookupResult::Found: 420 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 421 break; 422 } 423 424 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 425 426 QualType T; 427 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 428 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 429 430 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 431 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 432 433 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 434 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 435 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 436 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 437 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 438 // Construct a type with type-source information. 439 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 440 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 441 442 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 443 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 444 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 445 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 446 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 447 } else { 448 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 449 } 450 } 451 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 452 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 453 if (!HasTrailingDot) 454 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 455 } 456 457 if (T.isNull()) { 458 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 459 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 460 return nullptr; 461 } 462 return ParsedType::make(T); 463 } 464 465 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 466 static NestedNameSpecifier * 467 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 468 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 469 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 470 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 471 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 472 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 473 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 474 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 475 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 476 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 477 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 478 } 479 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 480 } 481 482 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 483 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 484 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 485 /// correctly rejects. 486 static const CXXRecordDecl * 487 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 488 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 489 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 490 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 491 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 492 return MD->getParent(); 493 } 494 return nullptr; 495 } 496 497 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 498 SourceLocation NameLoc, 499 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 500 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 501 502 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 503 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 504 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 505 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 506 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 507 // lookup is retried. 508 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 509 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 510 // name specifiers. 511 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 512 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 513 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 514 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 515 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 516 // instantiation time. 517 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 518 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 519 520 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 521 // template instantiation. 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 523 << RD; 524 } else { 525 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 526 return ParsedType(); 527 } 528 529 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 530 531 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 532 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 533 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 534 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 535 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 536 537 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 538 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 539 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 540 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 541 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 542 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 543 } 544 545 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 546 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 547 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 548 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 549 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 550 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 551 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 552 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 553 LookupName(R, S, false); 554 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 555 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 556 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 557 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 558 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 559 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 560 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 561 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 562 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 563 } 564 } 565 566 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 567 } 568 569 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 570 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 571 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 572 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 573 /// @code 574 /// template<class T> class A { 575 /// public: 576 /// typedef int TYPE; 577 /// }; 578 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 579 /// public: 580 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 581 /// }; 582 /// @endcode 583 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 584 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 585 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 586 return true; 587 588 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 589 590 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 591 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 592 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 593 return true; 594 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 595 } 596 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 597 } 598 599 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 600 SourceLocation IILoc, 601 Scope *S, 602 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 603 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 604 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 605 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 606 SuggestedType = nullptr; 607 608 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 609 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 610 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 611 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 612 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 613 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 614 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 616 // We corrected to a keyword. 617 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 618 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 619 } else { 620 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 621 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 622 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 623 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 624 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 625 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 626 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 627 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 628 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 629 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 630 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 631 } else { 632 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 633 } 634 635 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 636 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 637 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 638 SourceRange(IILoc)); 639 SuggestedType = 640 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 641 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 642 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 643 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 644 } 645 return; 646 } 647 648 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 649 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 650 UnqualifiedId Name; 651 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 652 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 653 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 654 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 655 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 656 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 657 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 658 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 659 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 660 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 661 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 662 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 663 } 664 return; 665 } 666 } 667 668 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 669 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 670 671 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 672 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 673 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 674 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 675 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 676 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 677 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 678 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 679 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 680 681 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 682 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 683 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 684 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 685 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 686 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 687 } else { 688 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 689 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 690 } 691 } 692 693 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 694 /// or 695 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 696 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 697 NextToken.is(tok::less); 698 699 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 700 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 701 return true; 702 703 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 704 return true; 705 } 706 707 return false; 708 } 709 710 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 711 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 712 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 713 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 714 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 715 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 716 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 717 StringRef FixItTagName; 718 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 719 case TTK_Class: 720 FixItTagName = "class "; 721 break; 722 723 case TTK_Enum: 724 FixItTagName = "enum "; 725 break; 726 727 case TTK_Struct: 728 FixItTagName = "struct "; 729 break; 730 731 case TTK_Interface: 732 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 733 break; 734 735 case TTK_Union: 736 FixItTagName = "union "; 737 break; 738 } 739 740 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 741 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 742 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 743 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 744 745 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 746 I != IEnd; ++I) 747 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 748 << Name << TagName; 749 750 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 751 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 752 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 753 return true; 754 } 755 756 return false; 757 } 758 759 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 760 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 761 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 762 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 763 764 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 765 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 766 767 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 768 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 769 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 770 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 771 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 772 } 773 774 Sema::NameClassification 775 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 776 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 777 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 778 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 779 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 780 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 781 782 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 783 NestedNameSpecInfo IdInfo(Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation()); 784 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, IdInfo, false, SS, nullptr, false); 785 } 786 787 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 788 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 789 790 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 791 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 792 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 793 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 794 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 795 return TypeInBase; 796 } 797 798 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 799 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 800 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 801 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 802 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 803 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 804 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 805 return E; 806 } 807 808 bool SecondTry = false; 809 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 810 811 Corrected: 812 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 813 case LookupResult::NotFound: 814 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 815 // call. 816 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 817 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 818 // FIXME: Reference? 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 820 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 821 822 // C90 6.3.2.2: 823 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 824 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 825 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 826 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 827 // the function call, the declaration 828 // 829 // extern int identifier (); 830 // 831 // appeared. 832 // 833 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 834 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 835 Result.addDecl(D); 836 Result.resolveKind(); 837 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 838 } 839 } 840 841 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 842 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 843 // "struct", or "union". 844 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 845 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 846 break; 847 } 848 849 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 850 // close to this name. 851 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 852 SecondTry = true; 853 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 854 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 855 &SS, std::move(CCC), 856 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 857 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 858 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 859 860 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 861 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 862 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 863 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 864 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 865 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 866 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 867 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 868 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 869 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 870 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 871 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 872 } 873 874 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 875 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 876 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 877 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 878 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 879 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 880 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 881 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 882 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 883 } 884 885 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 886 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 887 888 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 889 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 890 return Name; 891 892 // Also update the LookupResult... 893 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 894 Result.clear(); 895 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 896 if (FirstDecl) 897 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 898 899 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 900 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 901 // reference the ivar. 902 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 903 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 904 Result.clear(); 905 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 906 return E; 907 } 908 909 goto Corrected; 910 } 911 } 912 913 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 914 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 915 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 916 917 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 918 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 919 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 920 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 921 922 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 923 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 924 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 925 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 926 // qualified by the keyword typename. 927 // 928 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 929 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 930 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 931 // keyword here. 932 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 933 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 934 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 935 } 936 937 case LookupResult::Found: 938 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 939 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 940 break; 941 942 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 944 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 945 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 946 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 947 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 948 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 949 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 950 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 951 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 952 // ambiguous. 953 // 954 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 955 // so try again after filtering out template names. 956 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 957 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 958 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 959 break; 960 } 961 } 962 963 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 964 return NameClassification::Error(); 965 } 966 967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 968 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 969 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 970 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 971 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 972 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 973 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 974 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 975 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 976 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 977 978 if (!Result.empty()) { 979 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 980 bool IsVarTemplate; 981 TemplateName Template; 982 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 983 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 984 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 985 Result.end()); 986 } else { 987 TemplateDecl *TD 988 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 989 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 990 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 991 992 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 993 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 994 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 995 TD); 996 else 997 Template = TemplateName(TD); 998 } 999 1000 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1001 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1002 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1003 // to based on which function we selected. 1004 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1005 1006 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1007 } 1008 1009 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1010 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1011 } 1012 } 1013 1014 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1015 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1025 if (!Class) { 1026 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1027 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1028 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1029 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1030 } 1031 1032 if (Class) { 1033 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1034 1035 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1036 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1037 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1038 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1039 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1040 } 1041 1042 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1043 return ParsedType::make(T); 1044 } 1045 1046 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1047 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1048 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1049 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1050 1051 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1052 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1053 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1054 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1055 (NextIsOp && 1056 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1057 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1058 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1059 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1060 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1061 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1062 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1063 return ParsedType::make(T); 1064 } 1065 1066 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1067 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1068 nullptr, S); 1069 1070 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1071 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1072 } 1073 1074 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1075 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1076 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1077 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1078 1079 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1080 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1081 // the context we'll need to return to. 1082 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1083 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1084 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1085 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1086 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1087 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1088 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1089 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1090 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1091 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1092 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1093 1094 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1095 // lexical context. 1096 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1097 return DC; 1098 1099 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1100 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1101 // class is the context we need to return to. 1102 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1103 DC = RD; 1104 1105 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1106 // declared in. 1107 return DC; 1108 } 1109 1110 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1111 } 1112 1113 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1114 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1115 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1116 CurContext = DC; 1117 S->setEntity(DC); 1118 } 1119 1120 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1121 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1122 1123 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1124 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1125 } 1126 1127 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1128 Decl *D) { 1129 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1130 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1131 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1132 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1133 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1134 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1135 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1136 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1137 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1138 return Result; 1139 } 1140 1141 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1142 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1143 } 1144 1145 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1146 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1147 /// 1148 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1149 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1150 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1151 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1152 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1153 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1154 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1155 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1156 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1157 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1158 // namespace. 1159 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1160 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1161 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1162 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1163 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1164 1165 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1166 1167 #ifndef NDEBUG 1168 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1169 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1170 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1171 #endif 1172 1173 CurContext = DC; 1174 S->setEntity(DC); 1175 } 1176 1177 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1178 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1179 1180 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1181 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1182 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1183 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1184 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1185 1186 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1187 // disappear. 1188 } 1189 1190 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1191 // We assume that the caller has already called 1192 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1193 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1194 if (!FD) 1195 return; 1196 1197 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1198 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1199 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1200 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1201 CurContext = FD; 1202 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1203 1204 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1205 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1206 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1207 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1208 S->AddDecl(Param); 1209 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1210 } 1211 } 1212 } 1213 1214 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1215 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1216 // rather than the top-level class. 1217 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1218 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1219 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1220 } 1221 1222 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1223 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1224 /// 1225 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1226 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1227 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1228 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1229 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1230 /// attribute. 1231 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1232 ASTContext &Context) { 1233 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1234 return true; 1235 1236 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1237 return true; 1238 1239 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1240 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1241 } 1242 1243 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1244 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1245 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1246 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1247 // scope. 1248 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1249 S = S->getParent(); 1250 1251 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1252 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1253 // into any context. 1254 if (AddToContext) 1255 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1256 1257 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1258 // are function-local declarations. 1259 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1260 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1261 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1262 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1263 return; 1264 1265 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1266 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1267 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1268 return; 1269 1270 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1271 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1272 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1273 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1274 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1275 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1276 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1277 1278 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1279 break; 1280 } 1281 } 1282 1283 S->AddDecl(D); 1284 1285 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1286 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1287 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1288 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1289 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1290 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1291 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1292 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1293 continue; 1294 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 1298 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1299 } else { 1300 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1301 } 1302 } 1303 1304 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1305 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1306 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1307 } 1308 1309 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1310 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1311 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1312 } 1313 1314 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1315 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1316 do { 1317 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1318 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1319 return S; 1320 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1321 1322 return nullptr; 1323 } 1324 1325 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1326 DeclContext*, 1327 ASTContext&); 1328 1329 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1330 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1331 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1332 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1333 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1334 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1335 while (F.hasNext()) { 1336 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1337 1338 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1339 continue; 1340 1341 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1342 continue; 1343 1344 F.erase(); 1345 } 1346 1347 F.done(); 1348 } 1349 1350 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1351 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1352 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1353 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1354 } 1355 1356 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1357 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1358 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1359 while (F.hasNext()) 1360 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1361 F.erase(); 1362 1363 F.done(); 1364 } 1365 1366 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1367 /// @code 1368 /// class S { 1369 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1370 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1371 /// }; 1372 /// @endcode 1373 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1374 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1375 // the decl here. 1376 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1377 return false; 1378 1379 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1380 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1381 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1382 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 // We need this to handle 1387 // 1388 // typedef struct { 1389 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1390 // } A; 1391 // 1392 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1393 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1394 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1395 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1396 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1397 // not. 1398 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1399 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1400 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1401 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1402 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1403 return true; 1404 } 1405 DC = DC->getParent(); 1406 } 1407 1408 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1409 } 1410 1411 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1412 // these semantics. 1413 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1414 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1415 return false; 1416 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1417 } 1418 1419 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1420 assert(D); 1421 1422 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1423 return false; 1424 1425 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1426 // of members of class templates. 1427 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1428 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1429 return false; 1430 1431 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1432 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1433 return false; 1434 1435 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1436 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1437 return false; 1438 } else { 1439 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1440 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1441 return false; 1442 } 1443 1444 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1445 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1446 return false; 1447 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1448 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1449 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1450 // like "inline".) 1451 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1455 return false; 1456 1457 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1458 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1462 return false; 1463 } else { 1464 return false; 1465 } 1466 1467 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1468 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1469 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1470 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1471 } 1472 1473 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1474 if (!D) 1475 return; 1476 1477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1478 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1479 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1480 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1481 } 1482 1483 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1484 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1485 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1486 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1487 } 1488 1489 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1490 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1491 } 1492 1493 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1494 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1495 return false; 1496 1497 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1498 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1499 return false; 1500 1501 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1502 return true; 1503 1504 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1505 // functions. 1506 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1507 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1508 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1509 WithinFunction = 1510 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1511 if (!WithinFunction) 1512 return false; 1513 1514 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1515 return true; 1516 1517 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1518 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1519 return false; 1520 1521 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1522 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1523 1524 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1525 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1526 1527 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1528 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1529 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1530 return false; 1531 } 1532 1533 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1534 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1535 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1536 return false; 1537 1538 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1539 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1540 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1541 return false; 1542 1543 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1544 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1545 return false; 1546 1547 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1548 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1549 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1550 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1551 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1552 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1553 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1554 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1555 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1556 return false; 1557 } 1558 } 1559 } 1560 } 1561 1562 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1563 } 1564 1565 return true; 1566 } 1567 1568 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1569 FixItHint &Hint) { 1570 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1571 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1572 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1573 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1574 return; 1575 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1576 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1577 } 1578 } 1579 1580 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1581 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1582 return; 1583 1584 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1585 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1586 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1587 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1588 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1589 } 1590 } 1591 1592 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1593 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1594 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1595 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1596 return; 1597 1598 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1599 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1600 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1601 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1602 return; 1603 } 1604 1605 FixItHint Hint; 1606 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1607 1608 unsigned DiagID; 1609 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1610 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1611 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1612 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1613 else 1614 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1615 1616 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1617 } 1618 1619 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1620 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1621 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1622 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1623 // MS inline assembly label name. 1624 bool Diagnose = false; 1625 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1626 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1627 else 1628 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1629 if (Diagnose) 1630 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1631 } 1632 1633 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1634 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1635 1636 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1637 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1638 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1639 1640 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1641 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1642 1643 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1644 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1645 1646 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1647 1648 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1649 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1650 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1651 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1652 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1653 } 1654 1655 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1656 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1657 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1658 1659 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1660 // already. 1661 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1662 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1663 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1664 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1665 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1666 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1667 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1668 } 1669 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1670 } 1671 } 1672 } 1673 1674 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1675 /// 1676 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1677 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1678 /// to the fixed name. 1679 /// 1680 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1681 /// 1682 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1683 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1684 /// 1685 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1686 /// class could not be found. 1687 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1688 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1689 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1690 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1691 // creation from this context. 1692 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1693 1694 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1695 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1696 // find an Objective-C class name. 1697 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1698 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1699 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1700 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1701 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1702 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1703 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1704 } 1705 } 1706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1707 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1708 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1709 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1710 return Def; 1711 } 1712 1713 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1714 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1715 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1716 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1717 /// ill-formed in C++: 1718 /// @code 1719 /// struct S6 { 1720 /// enum { BAR } e; 1721 /// }; 1722 /// 1723 /// void test_S6() { 1724 /// struct S6 a; 1725 /// a.e = BAR; 1726 /// } 1727 /// @endcode 1728 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1729 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1730 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1731 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1732 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1733 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1734 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1735 /// contain non-field names. 1736 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1737 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1738 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1739 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1740 S = S->getParent(); 1741 return S; 1742 } 1743 1744 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1745 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1746 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1747 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1748 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1749 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1750 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1751 return; 1752 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1753 1754 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1755 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1756 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1757 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1758 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1759 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1760 } 1761 1762 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1763 switch (Error) { 1764 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1765 return ""; 1766 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1767 return "stdio.h"; 1768 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1769 return "setjmp.h"; 1770 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1771 return "ucontext.h"; 1772 } 1773 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1774 } 1775 1776 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1777 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1778 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1779 /// built-in. 1780 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1781 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1782 SourceLocation Loc) { 1783 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1784 1785 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1786 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1787 if (Error) { 1788 if (ForRedeclaration) 1789 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1790 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1791 return nullptr; 1792 } 1793 1794 if (!ForRedeclaration && 1795 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 1796 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 1797 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1798 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1799 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1800 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1801 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1802 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1803 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1804 } 1805 1806 if (R.isNull()) 1807 return nullptr; 1808 1809 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1811 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1812 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1813 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1814 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1815 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1816 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1817 } 1818 1819 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1820 Parent, 1821 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1822 SC_Extern, 1823 false, 1824 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1825 New->setImplicit(); 1826 1827 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1828 // FunctionDecl. 1829 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1830 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1832 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1833 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1834 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1835 SC_None, nullptr); 1836 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1837 Params.push_back(parm); 1838 } 1839 New->setParams(Params); 1840 } 1841 1842 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1843 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1844 1845 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1846 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1847 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1848 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1849 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1850 CurContext = Parent; 1851 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1852 CurContext = SavedContext; 1853 return New; 1854 } 1855 1856 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1857 /// entity if their types are the same. 1858 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1859 /// isSameEntity. 1860 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1861 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1862 LookupResult &Previous) { 1863 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1864 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1865 return; 1866 1867 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1868 if (Previous.empty()) 1869 return; 1870 1871 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1872 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1873 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1874 1875 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1876 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1877 continue; 1878 1879 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1880 // different linkages. 1881 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1882 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1883 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1884 continue; 1885 1886 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1887 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1888 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 1889 OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1890 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1891 continue; 1892 } 1893 1894 Filter.erase(); 1895 } 1896 1897 Filter.done(); 1898 } 1899 1900 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1901 QualType OldType; 1902 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1903 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1904 else 1905 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1906 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1907 1908 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1909 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1910 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1911 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1912 << Kind << NewType; 1913 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1914 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1915 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1916 return true; 1917 } 1918 1919 if (OldType != NewType && 1920 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1921 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1922 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1923 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1924 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1925 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1926 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1927 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1928 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1929 return true; 1930 } 1931 return false; 1932 } 1933 1934 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1935 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1936 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1937 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1938 /// 1939 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 1940 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1941 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1942 // merging checks. 1943 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1944 1945 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1946 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1947 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1948 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1949 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1950 default: break; 1951 case 2: 1952 { 1953 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1954 break; 1955 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1956 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1957 break; 1958 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1959 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1960 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1961 break; 1962 } 1963 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1964 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1965 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1966 return; 1967 } 1968 case 5: 1969 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1970 break; 1971 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1972 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1973 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1974 return; 1975 case 3: 1976 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1977 break; 1978 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1979 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1980 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1981 return; 1982 } 1983 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1984 } 1985 1986 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1987 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1988 if (!Old) { 1989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1990 << New->getDeclName(); 1991 1992 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1993 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1994 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1995 1996 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1997 } 1998 1999 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2000 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2001 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2002 2003 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2004 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2005 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2006 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2007 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 2008 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2009 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2010 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2011 // instead of our tag. 2012 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2013 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2014 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2015 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2016 else 2017 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2018 2019 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2020 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 2021 2022 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2023 // out of the scope. 2024 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2025 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2026 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2027 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2028 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2029 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2030 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2031 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2032 } 2033 } 2034 } 2035 } 2036 2037 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2038 // with any extensions enabled. 2039 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2040 return; 2041 2042 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2043 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2044 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2045 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2046 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2047 } 2048 2049 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2050 return; 2051 2052 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2053 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2054 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2055 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2056 // to the type to which it already refers. 2057 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2058 return; 2059 2060 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2061 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2062 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2063 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2064 // 2065 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2066 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2067 // 2068 // struct S { 2069 // typedef struct A { } A; 2070 // }; 2071 // 2072 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2073 // allow the above but disallow 2074 // 2075 // struct S { 2076 // typedef int I; 2077 // typedef int I; 2078 // }; 2079 // 2080 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2081 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2082 return; 2083 2084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2085 << New->getDeclName(); 2086 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2087 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2088 } 2089 2090 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2091 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2092 return; 2093 2094 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2095 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2096 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2097 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2098 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2099 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2100 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2101 return; 2102 2103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2104 << New->getDeclName(); 2105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2106 } 2107 2108 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2109 /// attribute. 2110 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2111 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2112 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2113 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2114 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2115 if (Ann) { 2116 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2117 return true; 2118 continue; 2119 } 2120 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2121 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2122 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2123 return true; 2124 } 2125 2126 return false; 2127 } 2128 2129 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2130 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2131 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2132 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2133 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2134 return true; 2135 } 2136 2137 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2138 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2139 /// 2140 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2141 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2142 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2143 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2144 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2145 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2146 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2147 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2148 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2149 // in a case like: 2150 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2151 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2152 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2153 // definition in such a case. 2154 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2155 return false; 2156 2157 if (I->isAlignas()) 2158 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2159 2160 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2161 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2162 OldAlign = Align; 2163 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2164 } 2165 } 2166 2167 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2168 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2169 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2170 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2171 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2172 return false; 2173 2174 if (I->isAlignas()) 2175 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2176 2177 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2178 if (Align > NewAlign) 2179 NewAlign = Align; 2180 } 2181 2182 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2183 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2184 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2185 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2186 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2187 2188 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2189 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2190 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2191 QualType Ty; 2192 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2193 Ty = VD->getType(); 2194 else 2195 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2196 2197 if (OldAlign == 0) 2198 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2199 if (NewAlign == 0) 2200 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2201 } 2202 2203 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2204 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2205 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2206 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2207 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2208 } 2209 } 2210 2211 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2212 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2213 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2214 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2215 // equivalent alignment. 2216 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2217 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2218 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2219 // have no alignment specifier. 2220 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2221 << OldAlignasAttr; 2222 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2223 << OldAlignasAttr; 2224 } 2225 2226 bool AnyAdded = false; 2227 2228 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2229 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2230 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2231 Clone->setInherited(true); 2232 New->addAttr(Clone); 2233 AnyAdded = true; 2234 } 2235 2236 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2237 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2238 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2239 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2240 Clone->setInherited(true); 2241 New->addAttr(Clone); 2242 AnyAdded = true; 2243 } 2244 2245 return AnyAdded; 2246 } 2247 2248 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2249 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2250 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2251 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2252 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2253 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2254 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2255 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2256 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2257 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2258 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2259 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2260 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2261 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2262 AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2263 AA->getDeprecated(), 2264 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2265 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), 2266 AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2267 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2268 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2269 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2270 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2271 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2272 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2273 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2274 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2275 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2276 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2277 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2278 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2279 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2280 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2281 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2282 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2283 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2284 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2285 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2286 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2287 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2288 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2289 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2290 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2291 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2292 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2293 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2294 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2295 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2296 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2297 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2298 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2299 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2300 return false; 2301 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2302 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2303 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2304 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2305 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2306 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr( 2307 D, InternalLinkageA->getRange(), 2308 &S.Context.Idents.get(InternalLinkageA->getSpelling()), 2309 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2310 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2311 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, CommonA->getRange(), 2312 &S.Context.Idents.get(CommonA->getSpelling()), 2313 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2314 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2315 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2316 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2317 NewAttr = nullptr; 2318 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2319 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2320 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2321 NewAttr = nullptr; 2322 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2323 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, UA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex, 2324 UA->getGuid()); 2325 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2326 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2327 2328 if (NewAttr) { 2329 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2330 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2331 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2332 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2333 return true; 2334 } 2335 2336 return false; 2337 } 2338 2339 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2340 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2341 return TD->getDefinition(); 2342 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2343 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2344 if (Def) 2345 return Def; 2346 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2347 } 2348 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2349 return FD->getDefinition(); 2350 return nullptr; 2351 } 2352 2353 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2354 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2355 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2356 return true; 2357 return false; 2358 } 2359 2360 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2361 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2362 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2363 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2364 return; 2365 2366 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2367 if (!Def || Def == New) 2368 return; 2369 2370 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2371 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2372 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2373 2374 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2375 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2376 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2377 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2378 2379 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2380 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2381 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2382 --E; 2383 continue; 2384 } 2385 } else { 2386 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2387 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2388 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2389 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2390 : diag::err_redefinition; 2391 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2392 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2393 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2394 } 2395 ++I; 2396 continue; 2397 } 2398 2399 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2400 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2401 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2402 ++I; 2403 continue; 2404 } 2405 } 2406 2407 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2408 ++I; 2409 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2410 } 2411 2412 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2413 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2414 ++I; 2415 continue; 2416 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2417 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2418 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2419 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2420 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2421 // equivalent alignment. 2422 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2423 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2424 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2425 // have no alignment specifier. 2426 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2427 << AA; 2428 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2429 << AA; 2430 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2431 --E; 2432 continue; 2433 } 2434 } 2435 2436 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2437 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2438 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2439 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2440 --E; 2441 } 2442 } 2443 2444 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2445 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2446 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2447 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2448 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2449 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2450 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2451 } 2452 2453 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2454 return; 2455 2456 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2457 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2458 2459 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2460 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2461 if (OldA->getLabel() != NewA->getLabel()) { 2462 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2463 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2464 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2465 } 2466 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2467 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2468 // already been ODR-used. 2469 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2470 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2471 } 2472 } 2473 2474 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2475 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2476 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2477 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2478 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2479 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2480 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2481 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2482 << NewTag; 2483 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2484 } 2485 } 2486 } else { 2487 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2488 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2489 } 2490 } 2491 2492 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2493 return; 2494 2495 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2496 2497 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2498 // we process them. 2499 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2500 2501 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2502 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2503 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2504 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2505 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2506 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2507 switch (AMK) { 2508 case AMK_None: 2509 continue; 2510 2511 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2512 case AMK_Override: 2513 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2514 LocalAMK = AMK; 2515 break; 2516 } 2517 } 2518 2519 // Already handled. 2520 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2521 continue; 2522 2523 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2524 foundAny = true; 2525 } 2526 2527 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2528 foundAny = true; 2529 2530 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2531 } 2532 2533 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2534 /// to the new one. 2535 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2536 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2537 Sema &S) { 2538 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2539 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2540 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2541 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2542 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2543 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2544 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2545 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2546 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2547 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2548 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2549 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2550 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2551 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2552 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2553 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2554 } 2555 2556 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2557 return; 2558 2559 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2560 2561 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2562 // done before we process them. 2563 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2564 2565 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2566 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2567 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2568 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2569 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2570 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2571 foundAny = true; 2572 } 2573 } 2574 2575 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2576 } 2577 2578 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2579 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2580 Sema &S) { 2581 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2582 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2583 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2584 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2585 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2586 *Newnullability, 2587 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2588 != 0)) 2589 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2590 *Oldnullability, 2591 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2592 != 0)); 2593 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2594 } 2595 } else { 2596 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2597 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2598 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2599 NewT, NewT); 2600 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2601 } 2602 } 2603 } 2604 2605 namespace { 2606 2607 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2608 /// C. 2609 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2610 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2611 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2612 QualType PromotedType; 2613 }; 2614 2615 } // end anonymous namespace 2616 2617 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2618 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2619 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2620 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2621 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2622 2623 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2624 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2625 2626 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2627 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2628 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2629 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2630 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2631 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2632 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2633 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2634 } 2635 2636 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2637 } 2638 2639 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2640 // declaration, or a declaration. 2641 template <typename T> 2642 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2643 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2644 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2645 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2646 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2647 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2648 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2649 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2650 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2651 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2652 } else 2653 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2654 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2655 } 2656 2657 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2658 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2659 /// GNU89 mode. 2660 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2661 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2662 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2663 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2664 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2665 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2666 } 2667 2668 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2669 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2670 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2671 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2672 return AT; 2673 } 2674 2675 template <typename T> 2676 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2677 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2678 if (DC->isRecord()) 2679 return false; 2680 2681 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2682 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2683 return true; 2684 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2685 return true; 2686 return false; 2687 } 2688 2689 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2690 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2691 2692 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2693 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2694 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2695 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2696 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2697 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2698 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2699 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2700 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2701 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2702 // and function templates; or 2703 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2704 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2705 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2706 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2707 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2708 2709 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2710 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2711 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2712 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2713 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2714 2715 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2716 if (Old && 2717 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2718 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2719 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2720 Old = nullptr; 2721 2722 if (!Old) { 2723 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2724 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2725 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2726 return true; 2727 } 2728 return false; 2729 } 2730 2731 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 2732 const FunctionDecl *B) { 2733 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 2734 2735 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 2736 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2737 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 2738 if (AttrA == AttrB) 2739 return true; 2740 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType(); 2741 }; 2742 2743 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 2744 } 2745 2746 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2747 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2748 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2749 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2750 /// 2751 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2752 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2753 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2754 /// merged with. 2755 /// 2756 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2757 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2758 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2759 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2760 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2761 if (!Old) { 2762 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2763 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2765 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2766 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2767 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2768 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2769 return true; 2770 } 2771 2772 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2773 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2774 return true; 2775 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2776 } else { 2777 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2778 << New->getDeclName(); 2779 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2780 return true; 2781 } 2782 } 2783 2784 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2785 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2786 return true; 2787 2788 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2789 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2790 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2791 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2792 2793 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2794 // is an extern inline function. 2795 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2796 // storage classes. 2797 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2798 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2799 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2800 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2801 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2802 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2803 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2804 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2805 } else { 2806 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2807 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2808 return true; 2809 } 2810 } 2811 2812 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 2813 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 2814 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 2815 << New->getDeclName(); 2816 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2817 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 2818 } 2819 2820 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2821 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2822 // convention of the first. 2823 // 2824 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2825 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2826 // 2827 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2828 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2829 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2830 // 2831 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2832 // other tests to run. 2833 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2834 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2835 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2836 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2837 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2838 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2839 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2840 2841 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2842 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2843 const FunctionType *FT = 2844 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2845 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2846 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2847 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2848 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2849 // there but not here. 2850 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2851 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2852 } else { 2853 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2854 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2855 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2856 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2857 << !FirstCCExplicit 2858 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2859 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2860 2861 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2862 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2863 return true; 2864 } 2865 } 2866 2867 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2868 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2869 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2870 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2871 } 2872 2873 // Merge regparm attribute. 2874 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2875 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2876 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2878 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2879 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2880 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2881 return true; 2882 } 2883 2884 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2885 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2886 } 2887 2888 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2889 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2890 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2891 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2892 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2893 return true; 2894 } 2895 2896 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2897 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2898 } 2899 2900 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2901 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2902 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2903 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2904 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2905 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2906 } 2907 2908 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2909 // UndefinedButUsed. 2910 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2911 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2912 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2913 Old->isUsed(false) && 2914 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2915 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2916 SourceLocation())); 2917 2918 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2919 // about it. 2920 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2921 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2922 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2923 } 2924 2925 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 2926 // redeclaration. 2927 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 2928 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 2929 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 2930 << New->getDeclName(); 2931 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2932 return true; 2933 } 2934 2935 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2936 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2937 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2938 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2939 // cannot be overloaded. 2940 2941 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2942 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2943 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2944 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2945 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2946 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2947 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2948 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2949 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2950 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2951 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2952 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2953 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2954 QualType ResQT; 2955 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2956 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2957 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2958 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2959 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2960 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2961 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2962 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2963 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2964 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2965 else 2966 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2967 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2968 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2969 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2970 return true; 2971 } 2972 else 2973 NewQType = ResQT; 2974 } 2975 2976 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2977 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2978 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2979 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2980 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2981 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2982 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2983 New->setType( 2984 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2985 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2986 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2987 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2988 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2989 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2990 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2991 } 2992 } 2993 2994 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2995 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2996 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2997 // Preserve triviality. 2998 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2999 3000 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3001 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3002 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3003 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3004 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3005 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3006 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3007 3008 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3009 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3010 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3011 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3012 // is a static member function declaration. 3013 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3014 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3015 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3016 return true; 3017 } 3018 3019 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3020 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3021 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3022 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3023 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 3024 unsigned NewDiag; 3025 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3026 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3027 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3028 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3029 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3030 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3031 else 3032 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3033 3034 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3035 } else { 3036 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3037 << New << New->getType(); 3038 } 3039 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3040 return true; 3041 3042 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3043 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3044 // 3045 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3046 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3047 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3048 if (isFriend) { 3049 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3050 } else { 3051 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3052 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3053 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3054 return true; 3055 } 3056 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3057 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3058 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3059 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3060 return true; 3061 } 3062 } 3063 3064 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3065 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3066 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3067 // attribute. 3068 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3069 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3070 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3071 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3072 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3073 } 3074 3075 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3076 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3077 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3078 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3079 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3080 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3081 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3082 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3083 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3084 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3085 } 3086 3087 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3088 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3089 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3090 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3091 3092 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3093 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3094 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3095 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 3096 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3097 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3098 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3099 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3100 } 3101 3102 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3103 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3104 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3105 // 3106 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3107 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3108 // linkage within class scope. 3109 // 3110 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3111 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3112 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3113 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3114 } else { 3115 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3116 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3117 return true; 3118 } 3119 } 3120 3121 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 3122 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3123 3124 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 3125 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 3126 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 3127 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 3128 // when we instantiate the function. 3129 return false; 3130 } 3131 3132 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3133 } 3134 3135 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3136 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3137 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3138 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3139 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3140 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3141 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3142 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3143 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3144 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3145 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3146 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3147 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3148 NewQType = 3149 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3150 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3151 New->setType(NewQType); 3152 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3153 3154 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3155 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3156 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3157 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3158 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3159 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3160 SC_None, nullptr); 3161 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3162 Param->setImplicit(); 3163 Params.push_back(Param); 3164 } 3165 3166 New->setParams(Params); 3167 } 3168 3169 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3170 } 3171 3172 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3173 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3174 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3175 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3176 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3177 // the prototype. 3178 // 3179 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3180 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3181 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3182 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3183 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3184 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3185 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3186 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3187 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3188 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3189 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3190 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3191 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3192 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3193 3194 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3195 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3196 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3197 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3198 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3199 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3200 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3201 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3202 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3203 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3204 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3205 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3206 NewParm->getType(), 3207 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3208 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3209 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3210 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3211 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3212 } else 3213 LooseCompatible = false; 3214 } 3215 3216 if (LooseCompatible) { 3217 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3218 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3219 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3220 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3221 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3222 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3223 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3224 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3225 } 3226 3227 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3228 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3229 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3230 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3231 } 3232 3233 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3234 } 3235 3236 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3237 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3238 3239 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3240 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3241 unsigned BuiltinID; 3242 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3243 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3244 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3245 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3246 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3247 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3248 << Old << Old->getType(); 3249 3250 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3251 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3252 // 3253 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3254 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3255 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3256 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3257 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3258 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3259 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3260 3261 return false; 3262 } 3263 3264 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3265 } 3266 3267 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3268 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3269 return true; 3270 } 3271 3272 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3273 /// known to be compatible. 3274 /// 3275 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3276 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3277 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3278 /// redeclaration of Old. 3279 /// 3280 /// \returns false 3281 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3282 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3283 // Merge the attributes 3284 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3285 3286 // Merge "pure" flag. 3287 if (Old->isPure()) 3288 New->setPure(); 3289 3290 // Merge "used" flag. 3291 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3292 New->setIsUsed(); 3293 3294 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3295 // declarations. 3296 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3297 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3298 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3299 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3300 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3301 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3302 } 3303 3304 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3305 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3306 3307 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3308 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3309 // was visible. 3310 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3311 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3312 New->setType(Merged); 3313 3314 return false; 3315 } 3316 3317 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3318 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3319 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3320 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3321 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3322 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3323 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3324 : AMK_Override; 3325 3326 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3327 3328 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3329 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3330 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3331 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3332 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3333 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3334 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3335 3336 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3337 } 3338 3339 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3340 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3341 3342 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3343 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3344 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3345 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3346 3347 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3348 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3349 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3350 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3351 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3352 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3353 } 3354 3355 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3356 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3357 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3358 /// 3359 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3360 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3361 /// is attached. 3362 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3363 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3364 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3365 return; 3366 3367 QualType MergedT; 3368 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3369 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3370 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3371 return; 3372 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3373 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3374 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3375 } 3376 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3377 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3378 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3379 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3380 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3381 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3382 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3383 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3384 3385 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3386 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3387 // mismatch. 3388 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3389 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3390 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3391 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3392 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3393 continue; 3394 3395 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3396 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3397 } 3398 } 3399 3400 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3401 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3402 NewArray->getElementType())) 3403 MergedT = New->getType(); 3404 } 3405 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3406 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3407 // visible. 3408 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3409 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3410 NewArray->getElementType())) 3411 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3412 } 3413 } 3414 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3415 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3416 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3417 Old->getType()); 3418 } 3419 } else { 3420 // C 6.2.7p2: 3421 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3422 // compatible type. 3423 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3424 } 3425 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3426 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3427 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3428 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3429 // equivalent. 3430 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3431 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3432 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3433 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3434 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3435 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3436 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3437 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3438 return; 3439 } 3440 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3441 } 3442 3443 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3444 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3445 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3446 New->setType(MergedT); 3447 } 3448 3449 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3450 LookupResult &Previous) { 3451 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3452 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3453 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3454 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3455 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3456 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3457 // 3458 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3459 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3460 return false; 3461 3462 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3463 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3464 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3465 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3466 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3467 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3468 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3469 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3470 } else { 3471 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3472 // type unless we're in the same function. 3473 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3474 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3475 } 3476 } 3477 3478 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3479 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3480 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3481 /// 3482 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3483 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3484 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3485 /// 3486 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3487 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3488 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3489 return; 3490 3491 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3492 return; 3493 3494 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3495 3496 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3497 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3498 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3499 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3500 if (NewTemplate) { 3501 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3502 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3503 3504 if (auto *Shadow = 3505 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3506 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3507 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3508 } else { 3509 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3510 3511 if (auto *Shadow = 3512 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3513 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3514 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3515 } 3516 } 3517 if (!Old) { 3518 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3519 << New->getDeclName(); 3520 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3521 diag::note_previous_definition); 3522 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3523 } 3524 3525 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3526 if (NewTemplate && 3527 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3528 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3529 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3530 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3531 3532 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3533 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3534 // 3535 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3536 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3537 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3538 << New->getIdentifier(); 3539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3540 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3541 } 3542 3543 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3544 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3545 // declaration 3546 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3547 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3548 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3549 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3550 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3551 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3552 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3553 } 3554 3555 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3556 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3558 << New->getDeclName(); 3559 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3560 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3561 } 3562 3563 // Merge the types. 3564 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3565 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3566 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3567 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3568 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3569 return; 3570 } 3571 3572 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3573 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3574 return; 3575 3576 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3577 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3578 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3579 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3580 3581 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3582 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3583 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3584 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3585 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3587 << New->getDeclName(); 3588 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3589 } else { 3590 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3591 << New->getDeclName(); 3592 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3593 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3594 } 3595 } 3596 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3597 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3598 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3599 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3600 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3601 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3602 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3603 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3604 // identifier has external linkage. 3605 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3606 /* Okay */; 3607 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3608 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3609 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3610 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3611 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3612 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3613 } 3614 3615 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3616 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3617 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3618 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3619 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3620 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3621 } 3622 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3623 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3625 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3626 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3627 } 3628 3629 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3630 3631 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3632 // need to check for mismatches. 3633 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3634 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3635 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3636 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3637 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3638 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3639 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3640 } 3641 3642 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 3643 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 3644 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 3645 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 3646 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 3647 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 3648 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3649 } 3650 } 3651 3652 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3653 // UndefinedButUsed. 3654 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 3655 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3656 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3657 SourceLocation())); 3658 3659 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3660 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3661 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3662 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3663 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3664 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3665 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3666 } else { 3667 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3668 // static and dynamic initialization. 3669 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3670 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3671 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3672 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3673 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3674 } 3675 } 3676 3677 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3678 VarDecl *Def; 3679 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3680 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3681 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3682 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3683 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3684 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3685 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3686 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3687 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3688 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3689 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3690 } else if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && 3691 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 3692 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 3693 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 3694 Diag(New->getLocation(), 3695 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 3696 } else { 3697 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3698 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3699 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3700 return; 3701 } 3702 } 3703 3704 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3705 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3706 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3707 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3708 return; 3709 } 3710 3711 // Merge "used" flag. 3712 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3713 New->setIsUsed(); 3714 3715 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3716 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3717 if (NewTemplate) 3718 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3719 3720 // Inherit access appropriately. 3721 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3722 if (NewTemplate) 3723 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3724 3725 if (Old->isInline()) 3726 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 3727 } 3728 3729 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3730 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3731 Decl * 3732 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3733 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3734 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 3735 AnonRecord); 3736 } 3737 3738 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3739 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3740 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3741 // compatibility. 3742 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3743 // targeted. 3744 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3745 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3746 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3747 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3748 } 3749 3750 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3751 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3752 return; 3753 3754 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3755 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3756 // it is anonymous. 3757 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3758 return; 3759 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3760 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3761 Context.setManglingNumber( 3762 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3763 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3764 return; 3765 } 3766 3767 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3768 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3769 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3770 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3771 Context.setManglingNumber( 3772 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3773 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3774 } 3775 } 3776 3777 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3778 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3779 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3780 return; 3781 3782 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3783 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3784 return; 3785 3786 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3787 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3788 3789 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3790 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3791 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3792 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3793 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3794 return; 3795 } 3796 3797 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3798 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3799 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3800 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3801 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3802 // for how to handle it. 3803 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3804 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3805 3806 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3807 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3808 3809 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3810 textToInsert += ' '; 3811 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3812 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3813 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3814 return; 3815 } 3816 3817 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3818 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3819 } 3820 3821 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3822 switch (T) { 3823 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3824 return 0; 3825 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3826 return 1; 3827 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3828 return 2; 3829 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3830 return 3; 3831 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3832 return 4; 3833 default: 3834 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3835 } 3836 } 3837 3838 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3839 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3840 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3841 Decl * 3842 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 3843 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3844 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 3845 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 3846 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3847 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3848 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3849 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3850 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3851 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3852 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3853 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3854 3855 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3856 return nullptr; 3857 3858 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3859 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3860 // it's a Type. 3861 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3862 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3863 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3864 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3865 } 3866 3867 if (Tag) { 3868 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3869 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3870 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3871 return Tag; 3872 } 3873 3874 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3875 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3876 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3877 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3878 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3879 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3880 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3881 } 3882 3883 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 3884 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 3885 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 3886 3887 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3888 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3889 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3890 if (Tag) 3891 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3892 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3893 else 3894 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3895 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3896 return TagD; 3897 } 3898 3899 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3900 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3901 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3902 // its initializer. 3903 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3904 return TagD; 3905 } 3906 3907 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3908 3909 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3910 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3911 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3912 if (TagD && !Tag) 3913 return nullptr; 3914 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3915 } 3916 3917 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3918 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3919 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3920 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3921 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 3922 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 3923 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3924 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3925 // or an explicit specialization. 3926 // 3927 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 3928 // obvious intent of DR1819. 3929 // 3930 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3931 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3932 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3933 return nullptr; 3934 } 3935 3936 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3937 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3938 3939 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3940 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3941 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3942 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3944 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 3945 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 3946 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 3947 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 3948 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 3949 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 3950 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 3951 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 3952 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3953 AnonRecord = Record; 3954 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3955 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3956 } 3957 3958 DeclaresAnything = false; 3959 } 3960 } 3961 3962 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3963 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3964 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3965 // 3966 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3967 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3968 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3969 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3970 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3971 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3972 // struct STRUCT; 3973 // union UNION; 3974 // and 3975 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3976 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3977 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3978 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3979 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3980 if (Tag) 3981 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3982 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3983 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3984 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3985 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3986 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3987 3988 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3989 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3990 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3991 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3992 } 3993 3994 DeclaresAnything = false; 3995 } 3996 } 3997 3998 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3999 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4000 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4001 return TagD; 4002 4003 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4004 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4005 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4006 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4007 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4008 DeclaresAnything = false; 4009 4010 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4011 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4012 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4013 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4014 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4015 else 4016 DeclaresAnything = false; 4017 } 4018 4019 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4020 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4021 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4022 << Tag->getTagKind() 4023 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4024 4025 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4026 4027 // C 6.7/2: 4028 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4029 // or the members of an enumeration. 4030 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4031 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4032 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4033 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4034 // previous declaration. 4035 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4036 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4037 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4038 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4039 return TagD; 4040 } 4041 4042 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4043 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4044 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4045 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4046 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4047 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4048 // 4049 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4050 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4051 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4052 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4053 4054 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4055 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4056 // useless. 4057 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4058 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4059 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4060 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4061 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4062 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4063 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4064 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4065 } 4066 4067 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4068 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4069 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4070 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4071 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4072 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4073 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4074 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4075 // Restrict is covered above. 4076 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4077 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4078 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4079 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4080 } 4081 4082 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4083 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4084 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4085 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4086 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4087 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4088 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4089 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4090 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4091 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4092 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 4093 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 4094 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4095 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4096 } 4097 } 4098 4099 return TagD; 4100 } 4101 4102 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4103 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4104 /// 4105 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4106 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4107 Scope *S, 4108 DeclContext *Owner, 4109 DeclarationName Name, 4110 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4111 bool IsUnion) { 4112 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4113 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4114 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4115 4116 // Pick a representative declaration. 4117 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4118 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4119 4120 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4121 return false; 4122 4123 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4124 << IsUnion << Name; 4125 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4126 4127 return true; 4128 } 4129 4130 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4131 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4132 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4133 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4134 /// struct, e.g., 4135 /// 4136 /// @code 4137 /// union { 4138 /// int i; 4139 /// float f; 4140 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4141 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4142 /// @endcode 4143 /// 4144 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4145 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4146 static bool 4147 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4148 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4149 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4150 bool Invalid = false; 4151 4152 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4153 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4154 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4155 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4156 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4157 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4158 VD->getLocation(), 4159 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4160 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4161 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4162 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4163 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4164 Invalid = true; 4165 } else { 4166 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4167 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4168 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4169 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4170 // anonymous union is declared. 4171 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4172 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4173 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4174 else 4175 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4176 4177 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4178 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4179 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4180 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4181 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4182 4183 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4184 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4185 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4186 4187 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4188 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4189 4190 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4191 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4192 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4193 4194 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4195 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4196 4197 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4198 } 4199 } 4200 } 4201 4202 return Invalid; 4203 } 4204 4205 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4206 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4207 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4208 static StorageClass 4209 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4210 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4211 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4212 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4213 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4214 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4215 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4216 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4217 return SC_None; 4218 return SC_Extern; 4219 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4220 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4221 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4222 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4223 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4224 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4225 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4226 } 4227 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4228 } 4229 4230 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4231 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4232 4233 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4234 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4235 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4236 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4237 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4238 return FD->getLocation(); 4239 } 4240 4241 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4242 } 4243 4244 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4245 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4246 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4247 return; 4248 4249 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4250 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4251 } 4252 4253 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4254 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4255 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4256 return; 4257 4258 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4259 } 4260 4261 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4262 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4263 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4264 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4265 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4266 AccessSpecifier AS, 4267 RecordDecl *Record, 4268 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4269 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4270 4271 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4272 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4273 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4274 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4275 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4276 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4277 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4278 4279 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4280 // structs/unions. 4281 bool Invalid = false; 4282 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4283 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4284 unsigned DiagID; 4285 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4286 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4287 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4288 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4289 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4290 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4291 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4292 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4293 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4294 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4295 4296 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4297 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4298 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4299 } 4300 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4301 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4302 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4303 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4304 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4305 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4306 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4307 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4308 4309 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4310 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4311 SourceLocation(), 4312 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4313 } 4314 } 4315 4316 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4317 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4318 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4319 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4320 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4321 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4322 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4323 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4324 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4325 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4327 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4328 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4329 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4330 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4332 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4333 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4334 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4335 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4336 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4337 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4338 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4339 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4340 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4341 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4342 4343 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4344 } 4345 4346 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4347 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4348 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4349 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4350 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4351 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4352 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4353 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4354 // members (clause 11). 4355 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4356 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4357 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4358 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4359 Invalid = true; 4360 } 4361 4362 // C++ [class.union]p1 4363 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4364 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4365 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4366 // array of such objects. 4367 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4368 Invalid = true; 4369 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4370 // Any implicit members are fine. 4371 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4372 // This is a type that showed up in an 4373 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4374 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4375 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4376 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4377 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4378 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4379 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4380 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4381 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4382 << Record->isUnion(); 4383 else { 4384 // This is a nested type declaration. 4385 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4386 << Record->isUnion(); 4387 Invalid = true; 4388 } 4389 } else { 4390 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4391 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4392 // not part of standard C++. 4393 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4394 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4395 << Record->isUnion(); 4396 } 4397 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4398 // Any access specifier is fine. 4399 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4400 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4401 } else { 4402 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4403 // member. Complain about it. 4404 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4405 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4406 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4407 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4408 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4409 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4410 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4411 4412 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4413 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4414 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4415 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4416 << Record->isUnion(); 4417 else { 4418 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4419 Invalid = true; 4420 } 4421 } 4422 } 4423 4424 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4425 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4426 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4427 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4428 Owner->isRecord()) 4429 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4430 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4431 } 4432 4433 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4434 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4435 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4436 Invalid = true; 4437 } 4438 4439 // Mock up a declarator. 4440 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4441 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4442 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4443 4444 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4445 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4446 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4447 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4448 DS.getLocStart(), 4449 Record->getLocation(), 4450 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4451 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4452 TInfo, 4453 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4454 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4455 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4456 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4457 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4458 } else { 4459 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4460 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4461 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4462 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4463 // an error here 4464 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4465 Invalid = true; 4466 SC = SC_None; 4467 } 4468 4469 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4470 DS.getLocStart(), 4471 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4472 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4473 TInfo, SC); 4474 4475 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4476 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4477 // initializer: 4478 // union { int n = 0; }; 4479 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4480 } 4481 Anon->setImplicit(); 4482 4483 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4484 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4485 4486 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4487 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4488 // its members. 4489 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4490 4491 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4492 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4493 // purposes. 4494 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4495 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4496 4497 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 4498 Invalid = true; 4499 4500 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4501 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4502 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4503 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4504 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4505 Context.setManglingNumber( 4506 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4507 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4508 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4509 } 4510 } 4511 } 4512 4513 if (Invalid) 4514 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4515 4516 return Anon; 4517 } 4518 4519 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4520 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4521 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4522 /// Example: 4523 /// 4524 /// struct A { int a; }; 4525 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4526 /// 4527 /// void foo() { 4528 /// B var; 4529 /// var.a = 3; 4530 /// } 4531 /// 4532 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4533 RecordDecl *Record) { 4534 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4535 4536 // Mock up a declarator. 4537 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4538 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4539 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4540 4541 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4542 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4543 4544 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4545 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4546 ParentDecl, 4547 DS.getLocStart(), 4548 DS.getLocStart(), 4549 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4550 RecTy, 4551 TInfo, 4552 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4553 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4554 Anon->setImplicit(); 4555 4556 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4557 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4558 4559 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4560 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4561 // purposes. 4562 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4563 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4564 4565 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4566 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4567 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4568 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4569 AS_none, Chain)) { 4570 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4571 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4572 } 4573 4574 return Anon; 4575 } 4576 4577 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4578 /// given Declarator. 4579 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4580 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4581 } 4582 4583 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4584 DeclarationNameInfo 4585 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4586 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4587 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4588 4589 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4590 4591 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4592 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4593 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4594 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4595 return NameInfo; 4596 4597 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4598 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4599 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4600 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4601 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4602 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4603 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4604 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4605 return NameInfo; 4606 4607 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4608 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4609 Name.Identifier)); 4610 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4611 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4612 return NameInfo; 4613 4614 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4615 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4616 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4617 if (Ty.isNull()) 4618 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4619 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4620 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4621 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4622 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4623 return NameInfo; 4624 } 4625 4626 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4627 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4628 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4629 if (Ty.isNull()) 4630 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4631 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4632 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4633 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4634 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4635 return NameInfo; 4636 } 4637 4638 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4639 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4640 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4641 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4642 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4643 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4644 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4645 4646 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4647 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4648 4649 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4650 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4651 // was qualified. 4652 4653 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4654 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4655 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4656 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4657 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4658 return NameInfo; 4659 } 4660 4661 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4662 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4663 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4664 if (Ty.isNull()) 4665 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4666 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4667 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4668 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4669 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4670 return NameInfo; 4671 } 4672 4673 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4674 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4675 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4676 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4677 } 4678 4679 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4680 4681 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4682 } 4683 4684 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4685 do { 4686 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4687 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4688 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4689 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4690 else 4691 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4692 } while (true); 4693 } 4694 4695 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4696 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4697 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4698 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4699 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4700 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4701 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4702 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4703 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4704 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4705 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4706 Params.clear(); 4707 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4708 return false; 4709 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4710 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4711 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4712 4713 // The parameter types are identical 4714 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4715 continue; 4716 4717 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4718 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4719 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4720 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4721 4722 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4723 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4724 Params.push_back(Idx); 4725 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4726 return false; 4727 } 4728 4729 return true; 4730 } 4731 4732 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4733 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4734 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4735 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4736 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4737 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4738 DeclarationName Name) { 4739 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4740 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4741 // - types which will become injected class names 4742 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4743 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4744 // few cases here. 4745 4746 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4747 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4748 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4749 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4750 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4751 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4752 // Grab the type from the parser. 4753 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4754 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4755 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4756 4757 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4758 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4759 // attached already. 4760 if (!TSI) 4761 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4762 4763 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4764 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4765 if (!TSI) return true; 4766 4767 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4768 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4769 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4770 break; 4771 } 4772 4773 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4774 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4775 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4776 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4777 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4778 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4779 break; 4780 } 4781 4782 default: 4783 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4784 break; 4785 } 4786 4787 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4788 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4789 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4790 4791 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4792 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4793 // pointer. 4794 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4795 continue; 4796 4797 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4798 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4799 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4800 return true; 4801 } 4802 4803 return false; 4804 } 4805 4806 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4807 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4808 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4809 4810 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4811 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4812 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4813 4814 return Dcl; 4815 } 4816 4817 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4818 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4819 /// name different from T: 4820 /// - every static data member of class T; 4821 /// - every member function of class T 4822 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4823 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4824 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4825 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4826 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4827 4828 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4829 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 4830 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 4831 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4832 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4833 return true; 4834 } 4835 4836 return false; 4837 } 4838 4839 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4840 /// nested-name-specifier. 4841 /// 4842 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4843 /// 4844 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4845 /// resolves. 4846 /// 4847 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4848 /// 4849 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4850 /// 4851 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4852 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4853 DeclarationName Name, 4854 SourceLocation Loc) { 4855 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4856 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4857 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4858 4859 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4860 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4861 // 4862 // class X { 4863 // void X::f(); 4864 // }; 4865 // 4866 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4867 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4868 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4869 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4870 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4871 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4872 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4873 SS.clear(); 4874 } else { 4875 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4876 } 4877 return false; 4878 } 4879 4880 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4881 // declaration. 4882 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4883 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4884 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4885 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4886 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4887 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4888 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4889 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4890 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4891 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4892 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4893 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4894 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4895 else 4896 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4897 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4898 4899 return true; 4900 } 4901 4902 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4903 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4904 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4905 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4906 SS.clear(); 4907 4908 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4909 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4910 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4911 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4912 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4913 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4914 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4915 return true; 4916 4917 return false; 4918 } 4919 4920 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4921 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4922 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4923 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4924 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4925 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4926 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4927 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4928 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4929 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4930 4931 return false; 4932 } 4933 4934 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4935 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4936 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4937 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4938 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4939 4940 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4941 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4942 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 4943 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 4944 } else if (!Name) { 4945 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4946 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4947 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4948 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4949 return nullptr; 4950 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4951 return nullptr; 4952 4953 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4954 // we find one that is. 4955 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4956 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4957 S = S->getParent(); 4958 4959 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4960 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4961 D.setInvalidType(); 4962 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4963 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4964 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4965 return nullptr; 4966 4967 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4968 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4969 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4970 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4971 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4972 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4973 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4974 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4975 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4976 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4977 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4978 return nullptr; 4979 } 4980 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4981 4982 if (!IsDependentContext && 4983 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4984 return nullptr; 4985 4986 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4987 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4988 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4989 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4990 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4991 return nullptr; 4992 } 4993 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4994 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4995 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4996 if (DC->isRecord()) 4997 return nullptr; 4998 4999 D.setInvalidType(); 5000 } 5001 } 5002 5003 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5004 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5005 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5006 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5007 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5008 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5009 D.setInvalidType(); 5010 } 5011 } 5012 5013 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5014 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5015 5016 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5017 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 5018 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 5019 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 5020 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5021 return nullptr; 5022 5023 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5024 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5025 D.setInvalidType(); 5026 5027 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5028 ForRedeclaration); 5029 5030 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5031 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5032 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5033 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5034 5035 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5036 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5037 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5038 // 5039 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5040 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5041 // the same name. 5042 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5043 /* Do nothing*/; 5044 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5045 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5046 R->isFunctionType())) { 5047 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5048 CreateBuiltins = 5049 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5050 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5051 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5052 CreateBuiltins = true; 5053 5054 if (IsLinkageLookup) 5055 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5056 5057 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5058 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5059 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5060 5061 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5062 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5063 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5064 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5065 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5066 // thereof; [...] 5067 // 5068 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5069 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5070 // we want to match. For example, given: 5071 // 5072 // class X { 5073 // void f(); 5074 // void f(float); 5075 // }; 5076 // 5077 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5078 // 5079 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5080 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5081 // matches. 5082 5083 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5084 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5085 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5086 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5087 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5088 } 5089 5090 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5091 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5092 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5093 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5094 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5095 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5096 5097 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5098 Previous.clear(); 5099 } 5100 5101 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5102 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5103 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 5104 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 5105 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5106 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5107 Previous.clear(); 5108 5109 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5110 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5112 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5113 5114 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5115 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 5116 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 5117 // template, declared in namespace scope 5118 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5120 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5121 return nullptr; 5122 } 5123 5124 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 5125 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5126 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 5127 return nullptr; 5128 } 5129 } 5130 5131 NamedDecl *New; 5132 5133 bool AddToScope = true; 5134 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5135 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5136 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5137 return nullptr; 5138 } 5139 5140 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5141 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5142 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5143 TemplateParamLists, 5144 AddToScope); 5145 } else { 5146 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5147 AddToScope); 5148 } 5149 5150 if (!New) 5151 return nullptr; 5152 5153 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5154 // add it to the scope stack. 5155 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) { 5156 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 5157 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 5158 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 5159 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 5160 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 5161 if (!AddToContext) 5162 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 5163 } 5164 5165 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5166 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5167 5168 return New; 5169 } 5170 5171 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5172 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5173 /// GCC compatibility). 5174 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5175 ASTContext &Context, 5176 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5177 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5178 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5179 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5180 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5181 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5182 SizeIsNegative = false; 5183 Oversized = 0; 5184 5185 if (T->isDependentType()) 5186 return QualType(); 5187 5188 QualifierCollector Qs; 5189 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5190 5191 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5192 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5193 QualType FixedType = 5194 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5195 Oversized); 5196 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5197 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5198 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5199 } 5200 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5201 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5202 QualType FixedType = 5203 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5204 Oversized); 5205 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5206 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5207 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5208 } 5209 5210 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5211 if (!VLATy) 5212 return QualType(); 5213 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5214 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5215 return QualType(); 5216 5217 llvm::APSInt Res; 5218 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5219 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 5220 return QualType(); 5221 5222 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5223 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5224 SizeIsNegative = true; 5225 return QualType(); 5226 } 5227 5228 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5229 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5230 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5231 Res); 5232 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5233 Oversized = Res; 5234 return QualType(); 5235 } 5236 5237 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5238 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5239 } 5240 5241 static void 5242 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5243 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5244 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5245 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5246 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5247 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5248 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5249 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5250 return; 5251 } 5252 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5253 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5254 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5255 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5256 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5257 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5258 return; 5259 } 5260 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5261 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5262 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5263 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5264 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5265 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5266 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5267 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5268 } 5269 5270 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5271 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5272 /// GCC compatibility). 5273 static TypeSourceInfo* 5274 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5275 ASTContext &Context, 5276 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5277 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5278 QualType FixedTy 5279 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5280 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5281 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5282 return nullptr; 5283 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5284 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5285 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5286 return FixedTInfo; 5287 } 5288 5289 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5290 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5291 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5292 /// function-scope declarations. 5293 void 5294 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5295 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5296 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5297 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5298 return; 5299 5300 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5301 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5302 } 5303 5304 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5305 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5306 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5307 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5308 } 5309 5310 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5311 /// does not identify a function. 5312 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5313 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5314 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5315 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5316 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5317 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5318 5319 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5320 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5321 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5322 5323 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5324 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5325 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5326 } 5327 5328 NamedDecl* 5329 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5330 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5331 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5332 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5333 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5334 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5335 D.setInvalidType(); 5336 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5337 DC = CurContext; 5338 Previous.clear(); 5339 } 5340 5341 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5342 5343 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5344 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5345 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 5346 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5347 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5348 << 1; 5349 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5350 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 5351 diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 5352 5353 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5354 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5355 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5356 return nullptr; 5357 } 5358 5359 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5360 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5361 5362 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5363 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5364 5365 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5366 5367 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5368 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5369 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5370 return ND; 5371 } 5372 5373 void 5374 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5375 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5376 // then it shall have block scope. 5377 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5378 // that redeclarations will match. 5379 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5380 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5381 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5382 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5383 5384 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5385 bool SizeIsNegative; 5386 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5387 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5388 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5389 SizeIsNegative, 5390 Oversized); 5391 if (FixedTInfo) { 5392 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5393 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5394 } else { 5395 if (SizeIsNegative) 5396 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5397 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5398 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5399 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5400 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5401 << Oversized.toString(10); 5402 else 5403 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5404 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5405 } 5406 } 5407 } 5408 } 5409 5410 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5411 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5412 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5413 NamedDecl* 5414 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5415 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5416 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5417 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5418 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5419 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5420 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5421 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5422 Redeclaration = true; 5423 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 5424 } 5425 5426 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5427 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5428 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5429 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5430 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5431 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5432 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5433 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5434 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5435 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5436 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5437 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5438 } 5439 5440 return NewTD; 5441 } 5442 5443 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5444 /// previous declaration. 5445 /// 5446 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5447 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5448 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5449 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5450 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5451 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5452 /// 5453 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5454 /// lookup 5455 /// 5456 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5457 /// declared. 5458 /// 5459 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5460 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5461 static bool 5462 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5463 ASTContext &Context) { 5464 if (!PrevDecl) 5465 return false; 5466 5467 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5468 return false; 5469 5470 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5471 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5472 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5473 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5474 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5475 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5476 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5477 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5478 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5479 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5480 return false; 5481 5482 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5483 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5484 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5485 return false; 5486 5487 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5488 // previous declarations. 5489 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5490 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5491 5492 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5493 // isn't the same function. 5494 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5495 return false; 5496 } 5497 5498 return true; 5499 } 5500 5501 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5502 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5503 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5504 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5505 } 5506 5507 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5508 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5509 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5510 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5511 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5512 unsigned kind = -1U; 5513 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5514 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5515 kind = 0; // __block 5516 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5517 kind = 1; // global 5518 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5519 kind = 3; // ivar 5520 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5521 kind = 2; // field 5522 } 5523 5524 if (kind != -1U) { 5525 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5526 << kind; 5527 } 5528 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5529 // Try to infer lifetime. 5530 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5531 return false; 5532 5533 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5534 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5535 decl->setType(type); 5536 } 5537 5538 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5539 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5540 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5541 var->getTLSKind()) { 5542 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5543 << var->getType(); 5544 return true; 5545 } 5546 } 5547 5548 return false; 5549 } 5550 5551 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5552 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5553 // the wrong linkage. 5554 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5555 5556 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5557 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5558 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5559 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5560 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5561 } 5562 } 5563 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5564 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5565 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5566 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5567 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5568 } 5569 } 5570 5571 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5572 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5573 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5574 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5575 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5576 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 5577 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5578 } 5579 } 5580 } 5581 5582 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5583 // It does not apply to functions. 5584 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5585 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5586 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5587 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5588 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5589 } 5590 } 5591 5592 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5593 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5594 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5595 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5596 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5597 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5598 << &ND << Attr; 5599 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5600 } 5601 } 5602 5603 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 5604 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 5605 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 5606 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 5607 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 5608 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 5609 << Attr; 5610 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 5611 } 5612 } 5613 5614 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5615 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5616 bool IsSpecialization, 5617 bool IsDefinition) { 5618 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5619 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5620 if (!IsSpecialization) 5621 IsDefinition = false; 5622 } 5623 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5624 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5625 5626 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5627 return; 5628 5629 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5630 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5631 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5632 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5633 5634 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5635 // inherited attribute instances. 5636 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5637 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5638 5639 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5640 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5641 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5642 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5643 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5644 5645 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5646 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5647 bool JustWarn = false; 5648 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5649 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5650 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5651 JustWarn = true; 5652 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5653 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5654 JustWarn = true; 5655 } 5656 5657 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5658 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5659 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5660 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5661 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5662 JustWarn = false; 5663 5664 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5665 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5666 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5667 << NewDecl 5668 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5669 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5670 if (!JustWarn) { 5671 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5672 return; 5673 } 5674 } 5675 5676 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5677 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5678 // qualified friend declarations or special MSVC extension: in the last case, 5679 // the declaration is treated as if it were marked dllexport. 5680 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5681 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 5682 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5683 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5684 // separately. 5685 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5686 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 5687 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 5688 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5689 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5690 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5691 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5692 } 5693 5694 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5695 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5696 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 5697 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5698 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 5699 << NewDecl; 5700 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5701 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5702 NewDecl->addAttr(::new (S.Context) DLLExportAttr( 5703 NewImportAttr->getRange(), S.Context, 5704 NewImportAttr->getSpellingListIndex())); 5705 } else { 5706 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5707 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5708 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5709 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5710 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5711 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5712 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5713 } 5714 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 5715 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5716 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5717 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5718 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5719 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5720 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5721 } 5722 } 5723 5724 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5725 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5726 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5727 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5728 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5729 5730 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5731 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5732 5733 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5734 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5735 return false; 5736 5737 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5738 5739 #ifndef NDEBUG 5740 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5741 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5742 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5743 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5744 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5745 #endif 5746 5747 bool isC99Inline = 5748 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5749 5750 #ifndef NDEBUG 5751 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5752 #endif 5753 5754 return isC99Inline; 5755 } 5756 5757 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5758 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5759 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5760 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5761 /// 5762 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5763 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5764 /// 5765 /// For instance: 5766 /// 5767 /// auto x = []{}; 5768 /// 5769 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5770 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5771 /// 5772 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5773 template<typename T> 5774 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5775 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5776 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5777 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5778 return false; 5779 5780 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 5781 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 5782 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 5783 return false; 5784 } 5785 return D->isExternC(); 5786 } 5787 5788 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5789 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5790 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5791 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5792 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5793 return true; 5794 if (DC->isRecord()) 5795 return false; 5796 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5797 } 5798 5799 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5800 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5801 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 5802 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC)) 5803 return true; 5804 if (DC->isRecord()) 5805 return false; 5806 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5807 } 5808 5809 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5810 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5811 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5812 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5813 return true; 5814 return false; 5815 } 5816 5817 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5818 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5819 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5820 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5821 return true; 5822 5823 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5824 // position to the decl itself. 5825 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5826 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5827 return true; 5828 } 5829 5830 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5831 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5832 } 5833 5834 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5835 /// function-local external declaration. 5836 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5837 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5838 return false; 5839 5840 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5841 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5842 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5843 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5844 return true; 5845 5846 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5847 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5848 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5849 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5850 // 5851 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5852 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5853 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5854 DC = DC->getParent(); 5855 return true; 5856 } 5857 5858 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5859 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5860 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5861 return FD->isExternC(); 5862 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5863 return VD->isExternC(); 5864 5865 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5866 } 5867 5868 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 5869 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5870 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5871 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 5872 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5873 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5874 5875 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5876 5877 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5878 AddToScope = false; 5879 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 5880 // purposes. 5881 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 5882 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 5883 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 5884 Name = II; 5885 } 5886 } else if (!II) { 5887 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5888 << Name; 5889 return nullptr; 5890 } 5891 5892 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 5893 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 5894 // argument. 5895 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType())) { 5896 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5897 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 5898 << R; 5899 D.setInvalidType(); 5900 return nullptr; 5901 } 5902 5903 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5904 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5905 5906 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5907 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5908 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5909 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5910 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5911 SC = SC_Extern; 5912 5913 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5914 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5915 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5916 5917 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5918 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5919 QualType NR = R; 5920 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5921 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5922 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5923 D.setInvalidType(); 5924 break; 5925 } 5926 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5927 } 5928 5929 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5930 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5931 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5932 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5933 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5934 D.setInvalidType(); 5935 } 5936 } 5937 } 5938 5939 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5940 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5941 // an error here 5942 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5943 D.setInvalidType(); 5944 SC = SC_None; 5945 } 5946 5947 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5948 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5949 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5950 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5951 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5952 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5953 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5954 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 5955 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5956 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5957 } 5958 5959 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5960 5961 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5962 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5963 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5964 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5965 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5966 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5967 D.setInvalidType(); 5968 } 5969 } 5970 5971 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5972 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5973 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5974 // space qualifiers. 5975 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5976 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5977 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5978 } 5979 5980 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5981 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5982 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5983 // address space qualifiers. 5984 if (R->isEventT()) { 5985 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5986 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5987 D.setInvalidType(); 5988 } 5989 5990 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5991 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5992 D.setInvalidType(); 5993 } 5994 } 5995 } 5996 5997 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5998 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5999 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6000 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6001 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6002 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6003 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6004 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6005 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6006 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6007 R, TInfo, SC); 6008 6009 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6010 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6011 6012 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6013 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6014 } else { 6015 bool Invalid = false; 6016 6017 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6018 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6019 switch (SC) { 6020 case SC_None: 6021 break; 6022 case SC_Static: 6023 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6024 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6025 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6026 break; 6027 case SC_Auto: 6028 case SC_Register: 6029 case SC_Extern: 6030 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6031 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6032 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6033 // of class members 6034 6035 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6036 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6037 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6038 break; 6039 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6040 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6041 } 6042 } 6043 6044 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6045 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6046 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6047 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6048 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6049 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6050 6051 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6052 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6053 if (RD->isUnion()) 6054 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6055 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6056 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6057 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6058 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6059 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6060 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6061 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6062 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6063 } 6064 } 6065 6066 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6067 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6068 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6069 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6070 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6071 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6072 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6073 : nullptr, 6074 TemplateParamLists, 6075 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 6076 6077 if (TemplateParams) { 6078 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6079 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6080 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6081 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6082 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6083 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6084 << II 6085 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6086 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6087 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6088 } else { 6089 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6090 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6091 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6092 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6093 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6094 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6095 // This is a template declaration. 6096 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6097 6098 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6099 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6100 return nullptr; 6101 6102 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6103 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6104 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6105 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6106 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6107 } 6108 } 6109 } else { 6110 assert( 6111 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 6112 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6113 } 6114 6115 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6116 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6117 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6118 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6119 : SourceLocation(); 6120 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6121 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6122 IsPartialSpecialization); 6123 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6124 return nullptr; 6125 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6126 AddToScope = false; 6127 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6128 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6129 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6130 Bindings); 6131 } else 6132 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 6133 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6134 6135 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6136 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6137 NewTemplate = 6138 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6139 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6140 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6141 } 6142 6143 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6144 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6145 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 6146 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6147 6148 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6149 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6150 if (NewTemplate) 6151 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6152 } 6153 6154 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 6155 6156 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6157 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6158 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6159 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6160 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6161 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6162 6163 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6164 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6165 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6166 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6167 // implicitly an inline variable. 6168 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) 6169 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6170 } 6171 6172 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 6173 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6174 VTD->setConcept(); 6175 6176 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 6177 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 6178 // specifiers, [...] 6179 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 6180 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6181 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6182 << 0 << 0; 6183 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6184 } 6185 6186 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 6187 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6188 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 6189 << 0 << 3; 6190 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6191 } 6192 6193 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 6194 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 6195 // template, declared in namespace scope. 6196 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6197 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 6198 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) 6199 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 : 1); 6200 } 6201 6202 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p6: A variable concept has the 6203 // following restrictions: 6204 // - The declared type shall have the type bool. 6205 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewVD->getType(), Context.BoolTy) && 6206 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6207 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_variable_concept_bool_decl); 6208 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6209 } 6210 } 6211 } 6212 6213 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6214 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6215 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6216 << 0; 6217 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6218 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6219 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6220 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6221 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6222 } else { 6223 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6224 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6225 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6226 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6227 } 6228 } 6229 6230 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6231 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6232 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6233 if (NewTemplate) 6234 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6235 6236 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6237 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6238 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6239 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6240 else 6241 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6242 } 6243 6244 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6245 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6246 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6247 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6248 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6249 // explicitly. 6250 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6251 // 'extern'. 6252 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6253 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6254 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6255 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6256 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6257 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6258 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6259 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6260 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6261 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6262 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6263 // error should be ignored. 6264 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6265 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6266 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6267 // to emit any code for it. 6268 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6269 } else 6270 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6271 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6272 } else 6273 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6274 } 6275 6276 // C99 6.7.4p3 6277 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6278 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6279 // thread storage duration... 6280 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6281 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6282 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6283 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6284 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6285 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6286 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6287 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6288 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6289 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6290 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6291 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6292 } 6293 } 6294 6295 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6296 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6297 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6298 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6299 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6300 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6301 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 6302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6303 << 2 6304 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6305 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6306 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6307 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 6308 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6309 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6310 else { 6311 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 6312 if (NewTemplate) 6313 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6314 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6315 B->setModulePrivate(); 6316 } 6317 } 6318 6319 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 6320 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 6321 6322 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 6323 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6325 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6326 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 6327 // storage [duration]." 6328 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6329 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 6330 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 6331 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 6332 } 6333 } 6334 6335 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6336 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6337 // check the VarDecl itself. 6338 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6339 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6340 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6341 6342 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6343 // retainable type. 6344 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6345 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6346 6347 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6348 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6349 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6350 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6351 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6352 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6353 switch (SC) { 6354 case SC_None: 6355 case SC_Auto: 6356 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6357 break; 6358 case SC_Register: 6359 // Local Named register 6360 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6361 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6362 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6363 break; 6364 case SC_Static: 6365 case SC_Extern: 6366 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6367 break; 6368 } 6369 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6370 // Global Named register 6371 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 6372 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 6373 bool HasSizeMismatch; 6374 6375 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 6376 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6377 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 6378 Context.getTypeSize(R), 6379 HasSizeMismatch)) 6380 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 6381 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 6382 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 6383 } 6384 6385 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6386 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6387 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6388 } 6389 } 6390 6391 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6392 Context, Label, 0)); 6393 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6394 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6395 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6396 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6397 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6398 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6399 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6400 } else 6401 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6402 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6403 } 6404 } 6405 6406 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6407 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6408 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6409 6410 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6411 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6412 // declaration has linkage). 6413 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6414 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6415 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6416 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6417 6418 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6419 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6420 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6421 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6422 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6423 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6424 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6425 6426 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6427 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6428 } else { 6429 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6430 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6431 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6432 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6433 6434 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6435 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6436 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6437 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6438 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6439 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6440 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6441 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6442 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6443 Previous.clear(); 6444 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6445 } 6446 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6447 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6448 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6449 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6450 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6451 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6452 } 6453 6454 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6455 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6456 6457 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p7: A program shall not declare [...] 6458 // an explicit specialization (14.8.3) or a partial specialization of a 6459 // concept definition. 6460 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization && 6461 !D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified() && !Previous.empty() && 6462 Previous.isSingleResult()) { 6463 NamedDecl *PreviousDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6464 if (VarTemplateDecl *VarTmpl = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(PreviousDecl)) { 6465 if (VarTmpl->isConcept()) { 6466 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_concept_specialized) 6467 << 1 /*variable*/ 6468 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 2 /*partially specialized*/ 6469 : 1 /*explicitly specialized*/); 6470 Diag(VarTmpl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6471 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6472 } 6473 } 6474 } 6475 6476 if (NewTemplate) { 6477 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6478 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6479 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6480 : nullptr; 6481 6482 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6483 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6484 // template declaration. 6485 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6486 TemplateParams, 6487 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6488 : nullptr, 6489 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6490 DC->isDependentContext()) 6491 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6492 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6493 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6494 6495 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6496 // template, make a note of that. 6497 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6498 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6499 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6500 } 6501 } 6502 6503 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6504 6505 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6506 // the map of such variables. 6507 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6508 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6509 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6510 6511 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6512 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6513 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6514 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6515 Context.setManglingNumber( 6516 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6517 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6518 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6519 } 6520 } 6521 6522 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6523 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6524 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6525 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6526 6527 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6528 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6529 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6530 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6531 6532 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6533 // behavior. 6534 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6535 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6536 } 6537 6538 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6539 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6540 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6541 IsExplicitSpecialization, D.isFunctionDefinition()); 6542 } 6543 6544 if (NewTemplate) { 6545 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6546 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6547 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6548 return NewTemplate; 6549 } 6550 6551 return NewVD; 6552 } 6553 6554 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 6555 enum ShadowedDeclKind { SDK_Local, SDK_Global, SDK_StaticMember, SDK_Field }; 6556 6557 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6558 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 6559 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 6560 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 6561 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 6562 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 6563 } 6564 6565 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6566 /// -Wshadow. 6567 /// 6568 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6569 /// scope. 6570 /// 6571 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6572 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6573 /// 6574 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6575 // Return if warning is ignored. 6576 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6577 return; 6578 6579 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6580 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6581 return; 6582 6583 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6584 6585 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6586 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6587 return; 6588 6589 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6590 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6591 return; 6592 6593 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 6594 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6595 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6596 if (MD->isStatic()) 6597 return; 6598 6599 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 6600 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 6601 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC) && isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 6602 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 6603 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 6604 D = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 6605 ShadowingDecls.insert({D, FD}); 6606 return; 6607 } 6608 } 6609 6610 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6611 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6612 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6613 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6614 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6615 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6616 ShadowedDecl = I; 6617 break; 6618 } 6619 } 6620 6621 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6622 6623 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6624 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6625 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6626 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6627 return; 6628 6629 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6630 // static data members from base classes? 6631 6632 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6633 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6634 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6635 } 6636 6637 6638 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6639 6640 // Emit warning and note. 6641 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6642 return; 6643 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 6644 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6645 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6646 } 6647 6648 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6649 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6650 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6651 return; 6652 6653 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6654 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6655 LookupName(R, S); 6656 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6657 } 6658 6659 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 6660 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 6661 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 6662 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 6663 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 6664 return; 6665 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6666 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 6667 if (!DRE) 6668 return; 6669 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 6670 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 6671 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 6672 return; 6673 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 6674 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6675 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 6676 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 6677 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6678 6679 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 6680 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 6681 } 6682 6683 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6684 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6685 template<typename T> 6686 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6687 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6688 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6689 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6690 6691 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6692 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6693 // declaration. 6694 return false; 6695 } 6696 6697 if (Prev) { 6698 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6699 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6700 // redeclaration. 6701 Previous.clear(); 6702 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6703 return true; 6704 } 6705 6706 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6707 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6708 // declaration. 6709 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6710 return false; 6711 } else { 6712 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6713 // translation unit which might conflict. 6714 if (IsGlobal) { 6715 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6716 IsGlobal = false; 6717 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6718 I != E; ++I) { 6719 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6720 Prev = *I; 6721 break; 6722 } 6723 } 6724 } else { 6725 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6726 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6727 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6728 I != E; ++I) { 6729 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6730 Prev = *I; 6731 break; 6732 } 6733 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6734 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6735 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6736 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6737 // diagnostic. 6738 } 6739 } 6740 6741 if (!Prev) 6742 return false; 6743 } 6744 6745 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6746 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6747 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6748 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6749 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6750 else 6751 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6752 6753 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6754 << IsGlobal << ND; 6755 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6756 << IsGlobal; 6757 return false; 6758 } 6759 6760 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6761 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6762 /// 6763 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6764 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6765 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6766 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6767 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6768 template<typename T> 6769 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6770 LookupResult &Previous) { 6771 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6772 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6773 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6774 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6775 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6776 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6777 Previous.clear(); 6778 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6779 return true; 6780 } 6781 } 6782 return false; 6783 } 6784 6785 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6786 // declaration. 6787 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6788 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6789 6790 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6791 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6792 // in another scope. 6793 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6794 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6795 6796 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6797 return false; 6798 } 6799 6800 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6801 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6802 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6803 return; 6804 6805 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6806 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6807 6808 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6809 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6810 return; 6811 6812 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6813 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6814 6815 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6816 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6817 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6818 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6819 NewVD->setType(T); 6820 } 6821 6822 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6823 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6824 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6825 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6826 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL 6827 && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6828 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6829 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6830 return; 6831 } 6832 6833 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 6834 // scope. 6835 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 6836 !getOpenCLOptions().cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers && 6837 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6838 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6839 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6840 return; 6841 } 6842 6843 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6844 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 6845 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6846 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 6847 return; 6848 } 6849 6850 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 6851 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 6852 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 6853 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6854 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 6855 << 0 /*const*/; 6856 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6857 return; 6858 } 6859 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6860 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 6861 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6862 return; 6863 } 6864 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Blocks with variadic arguments are not supported. 6865 // TODO: this check is not enough as it doesn't diagnose the typedef 6866 const BlockPointerType *BlkTy = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>(); 6867 const FunctionProtoType *FTy = 6868 BlkTy->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6869 if (FTy && FTy->isVariadic()) { 6870 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_proto_variadic) 6871 << T << NewVD->getSourceRange(); 6872 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6873 return; 6874 } 6875 } 6876 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6877 // __constant address space. 6878 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 6879 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 6880 // address space. 6881 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 6882 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 6883 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 6884 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6885 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 6886 getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200))) { 6887 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 6888 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200) 6889 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6890 << Scope << "global or constant"; 6891 else 6892 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 6893 << Scope << "constant"; 6894 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6895 return; 6896 } 6897 } else { 6898 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6899 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6900 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 6901 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6902 return; 6903 } 6904 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3 no local or constant variables 6905 // in functions. 6906 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6907 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 6908 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6909 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 6910 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 6911 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6912 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 6913 else 6914 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 6915 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 6916 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6917 return; 6918 } 6919 } 6920 } 6921 } 6922 6923 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6924 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6925 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6926 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6927 else { 6928 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6929 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6930 } 6931 } 6932 6933 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6934 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6935 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6936 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6937 6938 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6939 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6940 bool SizeIsNegative; 6941 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6942 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6943 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6944 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6945 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6946 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6947 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6948 // int a[10][n]; 6949 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6950 6951 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6952 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6953 << SizeRange; 6954 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6955 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6956 << SizeRange; 6957 else 6958 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6959 << SizeRange; 6960 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6961 return; 6962 } 6963 6964 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6965 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6966 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6967 else 6968 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6969 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6970 return; 6971 } 6972 6973 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6974 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6975 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6976 } 6977 6978 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6979 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6980 // of objects and functions. 6981 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6982 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6983 << T; 6984 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6985 return; 6986 } 6987 } 6988 6989 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6990 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6991 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6992 return; 6993 } 6994 6995 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6996 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6997 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6998 return; 6999 } 7000 7001 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7002 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7003 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7004 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7005 return; 7006 } 7007 } 7008 7009 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7010 /// declaration. 7011 /// 7012 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7013 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7014 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7015 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7016 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7017 /// 7018 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7019 /// 7020 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7021 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7022 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7023 7024 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7025 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7026 return false; 7027 7028 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7029 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7030 if (Previous.empty() && 7031 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7032 Previous.setShadowed(); 7033 7034 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7035 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7036 return true; 7037 } 7038 return false; 7039 } 7040 7041 namespace { 7042 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7043 Sema *S; 7044 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7045 7046 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7047 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7048 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7049 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7050 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7051 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7052 7053 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7054 7055 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7056 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7057 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7058 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7059 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7060 7061 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7062 } 7063 7064 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7065 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7066 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7067 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7068 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 7069 return true; 7070 } 7071 } 7072 7073 return false; 7074 } 7075 }; 7076 7077 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7078 } // end anonymous namespace 7079 7080 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7081 /// overriden methods. 7082 /// 7083 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7084 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7085 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7086 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7087 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7088 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7089 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 7090 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 7091 I != E; ++I) { 7092 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7093 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7094 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7095 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7096 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 7097 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 7098 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7099 } 7100 } 7101 7102 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7103 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7104 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7105 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7106 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7107 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7108 FOM.Method = MD; 7109 FOM.S = this; 7110 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7111 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7112 bool AddedAny = false; 7113 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7114 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7115 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7116 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7117 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7118 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7119 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7120 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7121 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7122 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7123 AddedAny = true; 7124 } 7125 } 7126 } 7127 } 7128 7129 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7130 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7131 } 7132 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7133 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7134 } 7135 7136 return AddedAny; 7137 } 7138 7139 namespace { 7140 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7141 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7142 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7143 Scope *S; 7144 Declarator &D; 7145 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7146 bool AddToScope; 7147 }; 7148 } // end anonymous namespace 7149 7150 namespace { 7151 7152 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7153 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7154 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7155 public: 7156 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7157 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7158 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7159 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7160 7161 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 7162 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 7163 return false; 7164 7165 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7166 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 7167 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 7168 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7169 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7170 7171 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7172 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7173 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7174 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 7175 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 7176 return true; 7177 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 7178 return true; 7179 } 7180 } 7181 } 7182 7183 return false; 7184 } 7185 7186 private: 7187 ASTContext &Context; 7188 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 7189 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 7190 }; 7191 7192 } // end anonymous namespace 7193 7194 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 7195 /// 7196 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 7197 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 7198 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 7199 /// the same name. 7200 /// 7201 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 7202 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 7203 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7204 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7205 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 7206 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 7207 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 7208 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 7209 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 7210 TypoCorrection Correction; 7211 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 7212 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 7213 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 7214 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 7215 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 7216 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 7217 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 7218 7219 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7220 if (IsLocalFriend) 7221 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 7222 else 7223 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 7224 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 7225 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 7226 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7227 if (!Prev.empty()) { 7228 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 7229 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 7230 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 7231 if (FD && 7232 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7233 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 7234 // involve a parameter 7235 unsigned ParamNum = 7236 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 7237 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 7238 } 7239 } 7240 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 7241 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 7242 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 7243 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7244 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 7245 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 7246 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 7247 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 7248 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 7249 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7250 Previous.clear(); 7251 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 7252 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 7253 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 7254 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 7255 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 7256 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 7257 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 7258 Previous.addDecl(FD); 7259 } 7260 } 7261 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 7262 7263 NamedDecl *Result; 7264 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 7265 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 7266 { 7267 // Trap errors. 7268 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 7269 7270 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 7271 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 7272 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 7273 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 7274 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 7275 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 7276 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 7277 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 7278 7279 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 7280 Result = nullptr; 7281 } 7282 7283 if (Result) { 7284 // Determine which correction we picked. 7285 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 7286 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7287 I != E; ++I) 7288 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 7289 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 7290 7291 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 7292 Correction, 7293 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 7294 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 7295 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 7296 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 7297 return Result; 7298 } 7299 7300 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 7301 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 7302 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7303 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 7304 Previous.clear(); 7305 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 7306 } 7307 7308 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 7309 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 7310 7311 bool NewFDisConst = false; 7312 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 7313 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 7314 7315 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 7316 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 7317 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 7318 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 7319 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 7320 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 7321 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 7322 7323 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 7324 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 7325 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 7326 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 7327 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 7328 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 7329 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 7330 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 7331 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 7332 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 7333 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 7334 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7335 } else 7336 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7337 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 7338 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 7339 } 7340 return nullptr; 7341 } 7342 7343 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 7344 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 7345 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 7346 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 7347 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 7348 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 7349 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7350 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 7351 D.setInvalidType(); 7352 break; 7353 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 7354 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 7355 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 7356 return SC_None; 7357 return SC_Extern; 7358 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 7359 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7360 // C99 6.7.1p5: 7361 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 7362 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 7363 // other than extern 7364 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 7365 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7366 diag::err_static_block_func); 7367 break; 7368 } else 7369 return SC_Static; 7370 } 7371 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 7372 } 7373 7374 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 7375 return SC_None; 7376 } 7377 7378 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 7379 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 7380 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7381 StorageClass SC, 7382 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 7383 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7384 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7385 7386 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 7387 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7388 7389 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7390 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7391 // prototype. This true when: 7392 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 7393 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 7394 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 7395 bool HasPrototype = 7396 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 7397 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 7398 7399 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7400 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7401 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7402 HasPrototype, false); 7403 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7404 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7405 7406 return NewFD; 7407 } 7408 7409 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7410 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7411 7412 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 7413 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7414 // the class has been completely parsed. 7415 if (!DC->isRecord() && 7416 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 7417 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 7418 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 7419 D.setInvalidType(); 7420 7421 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 7422 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 7423 assert(DC->isRecord() && 7424 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 7425 7426 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7427 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7428 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7429 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 7430 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 7431 isConstexpr); 7432 7433 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7434 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 7435 if (DC->isRecord()) { 7436 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7437 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 7438 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 7439 SemaRef.Context, Record, 7440 D.getLocStart(), 7441 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 7442 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 7443 7444 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 7445 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 7446 // it yet. 7447 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 7448 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 7449 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 7450 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 7451 } 7452 7453 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7454 return NewDD; 7455 7456 } else { 7457 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 7458 D.setInvalidType(); 7459 7460 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 7461 // code path. 7462 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7463 D.getLocStart(), 7464 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 7465 SC, isInline, 7466 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 7467 } 7468 7469 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 7470 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 7471 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7472 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7473 return nullptr; 7474 } 7475 7476 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7477 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7478 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7479 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7480 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7481 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7482 7483 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7484 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7485 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7486 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7487 // constructor if it has no return type). 7488 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7489 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7490 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7491 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7492 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7493 return nullptr; 7494 } 7495 7496 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7497 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7498 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7499 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7500 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7501 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7502 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7503 return Ret; 7504 } else { 7505 bool isFriend = 7506 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7507 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7508 return nullptr; 7509 7510 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7511 // prototype. This true when: 7512 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7513 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7514 D.getLocStart(), 7515 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7516 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7517 } 7518 } 7519 7520 enum OpenCLParamType { 7521 ValidKernelParam, 7522 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7523 PtrKernelParam, 7524 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7525 InvalidKernelParam, 7526 RecordKernelParam 7527 }; 7528 7529 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 7530 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7531 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7532 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7533 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7534 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7535 : PtrKernelParam; 7536 } 7537 7538 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7539 // be used as builtin types. 7540 7541 if (PT->isImageType()) 7542 return PtrKernelParam; 7543 7544 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7545 return InvalidKernelParam; 7546 7547 if (PT->isEventT()) 7548 return InvalidKernelParam; 7549 7550 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 7551 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 7552 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 7553 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16 && PT->isHalfType()) 7554 return InvalidKernelParam; 7555 7556 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7557 return RecordKernelParam; 7558 7559 return ValidKernelParam; 7560 } 7561 7562 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7563 Sema &S, 7564 Declarator &D, 7565 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7566 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7567 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7568 7569 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7570 // used again 7571 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7572 return; 7573 7574 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 7575 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7576 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7577 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7578 // pointer to a pointer type. 7579 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7580 D.setInvalidType(); 7581 return; 7582 7583 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7584 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7585 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7586 // pointer to the private address space. 7587 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7588 D.setInvalidType(); 7589 return; 7590 7591 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7592 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7593 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7594 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7595 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7596 7597 case InvalidKernelParam: 7598 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7599 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7600 // of event_t type. 7601 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 7602 // type for any function elsewhere. 7603 if (!PT->isHalfType()) 7604 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7605 D.setInvalidType(); 7606 return; 7607 7608 case PtrKernelParam: 7609 case ValidKernelParam: 7610 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7611 return; 7612 7613 case RecordKernelParam: 7614 break; 7615 } 7616 7617 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7618 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7619 7620 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7621 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7622 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7623 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7624 7625 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7626 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7627 7628 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7629 7630 do { 7631 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7632 if (!Next) { 7633 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7634 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7635 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7636 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7637 7638 continue; 7639 } 7640 7641 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7642 // field itself) to the history stack. 7643 const RecordDecl *RD; 7644 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7645 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7646 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7647 } else { 7648 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7649 } 7650 7651 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7652 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7653 7654 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7655 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7656 7657 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7658 continue; 7659 7660 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 7661 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7662 continue; 7663 7664 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7665 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7666 continue; 7667 } 7668 7669 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7670 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7671 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7672 // union. 7673 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7674 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7675 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7676 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7677 << PT->isUnionType() 7678 << PT; 7679 } else { 7680 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7681 } 7682 7683 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7684 << PD->getDeclName(); 7685 7686 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7687 // the offending field came from 7688 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7689 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7690 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7691 I != E; ++I) { 7692 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7693 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7694 << OuterField->getType(); 7695 } 7696 7697 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7698 << QT->isPointerType() 7699 << QT; 7700 D.setInvalidType(); 7701 return; 7702 } 7703 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7704 } 7705 7706 NamedDecl* 7707 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7708 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7709 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7710 bool &AddToScope) { 7711 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7712 7713 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7714 7715 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7716 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7717 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7718 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7719 7720 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7721 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7722 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7723 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7724 7725 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7726 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7727 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7728 7729 bool isFriend = false; 7730 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7731 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7732 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7733 7734 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7735 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7736 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7737 7738 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7739 7740 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7741 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7742 7743 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7744 isVirtualOkay); 7745 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7746 7747 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7748 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7749 7750 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7751 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7752 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7753 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7754 7755 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7756 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7757 7758 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7759 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7760 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7761 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7762 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7763 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7764 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7765 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7766 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7767 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7768 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7769 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7770 } 7771 7772 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7773 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7774 // return true). 7775 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7776 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7777 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7778 NewFD->setPure(true); 7779 7780 // C++ [class.union]p2 7781 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7782 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7783 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7784 } 7785 7786 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7787 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7788 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7789 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7790 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7791 7792 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7793 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7794 bool Invalid = false; 7795 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7796 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7797 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7798 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7799 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7800 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7801 : nullptr, 7802 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7803 Invalid)) { 7804 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7805 // This is a function template 7806 7807 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7808 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7809 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7810 7811 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7812 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7813 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7814 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7815 } 7816 7817 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7818 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7819 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7820 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7821 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7822 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7823 Invalid = true; 7824 } 7825 7826 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7827 NewFD->getLocation(), 7828 Name, TemplateParams, 7829 NewFD); 7830 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7831 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7832 7833 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7834 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7835 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7836 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7837 } 7838 } else { 7839 // This is a function template specialization. 7840 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7841 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7842 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7843 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7844 7845 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7846 if (isFriend) { 7847 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7848 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7849 7850 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7851 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7852 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7853 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7854 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7855 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7856 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7857 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7858 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7859 } 7860 7861 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7862 << Name << RemoveRange 7863 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7864 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7865 } 7866 } 7867 } 7868 else { 7869 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7870 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7871 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7872 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7873 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7874 } 7875 7876 if (Invalid) { 7877 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7878 if (FunctionTemplate) 7879 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7880 } 7881 7882 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7883 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7884 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7885 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7886 // 7887 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7888 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7889 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7890 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7891 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7892 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7893 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7894 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7895 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7896 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7897 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7898 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7899 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7900 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7901 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7902 } else { 7903 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7904 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7905 } 7906 7907 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7908 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7909 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7910 } 7911 7912 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7913 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7914 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7915 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7916 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7917 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7918 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7919 // thing to do. 7920 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7921 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7922 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7923 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7924 QualType Result = 7925 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7926 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7927 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7928 } 7929 7930 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7931 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7932 // declaration. 7933 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7934 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7935 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7936 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7937 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7938 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7939 } 7940 } 7941 7942 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7943 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7944 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7945 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7946 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7947 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7948 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7949 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7950 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7951 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7952 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7953 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7954 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7955 // or conversion function. 7956 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7957 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7958 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7959 } 7960 } 7961 7962 if (isConstexpr) { 7963 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7964 // are implicitly inline. 7965 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7966 7967 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7968 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7969 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7970 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7971 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7972 } 7973 7974 if (isConcept) { 7975 // This is a function concept. 7976 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7977 FTD->setConcept(); 7978 7979 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7980 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7981 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7982 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7983 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7984 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7985 } 7986 7987 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7988 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7989 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7990 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7991 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7992 SourceRange Range; 7993 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7994 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7995 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7997 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7998 } else { 7999 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 8000 } 8001 8002 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8003 // following restrictions: 8004 // - The declared return type shall have the type bool. 8005 if (!Context.hasSameType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.BoolTy)) { 8006 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_concept_bool_ret); 8007 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8008 } 8009 8010 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p5: A function concept has the 8011 // following restrictions: 8012 // - The declaration's parameter list shall be equivalent to an empty 8013 // parameter list. 8014 if (FPT->getNumParams() > 0 || FPT->isVariadic()) 8015 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_with_params); 8016 } 8017 8018 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 8019 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 8020 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8021 8022 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 8023 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 8024 // specifiers, [...] 8025 if (isInline) { 8026 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8027 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8028 << 1 << 1; 8029 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8030 } 8031 8032 if (isFriend) { 8033 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 8034 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8035 << 1 << 2; 8036 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8037 } 8038 8039 if (isConstexpr) { 8040 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8041 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 8042 << 1 << 3; 8043 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8044 } 8045 8046 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 8047 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 8048 // template, declared in namespace scope. 8049 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8050 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 8051 diag::err_concept_specified_specialization) << 1; 8052 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8053 return NewFD; 8054 } 8055 } 8056 8057 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8058 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8059 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8060 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8061 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8062 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8063 << 0 8064 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8065 } else { 8066 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8067 if (FunctionTemplate) 8068 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8069 } 8070 } 8071 8072 if (isFriend) { 8073 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8074 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8075 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8076 } 8077 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8078 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8079 } 8080 8081 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8082 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8083 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8084 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8085 case FDK_Declaration: 8086 case FDK_Definition: 8087 break; 8088 8089 case FDK_Defaulted: 8090 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8091 break; 8092 8093 case FDK_Deleted: 8094 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8095 break; 8096 } 8097 8098 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8099 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8100 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8101 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8102 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8103 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8104 } 8105 8106 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8107 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8108 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8109 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8110 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8111 // the class. 8112 8113 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8114 // member function definition. 8115 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8116 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 8117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8118 } 8119 8120 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 8121 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 8122 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 8123 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8124 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 8125 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 8126 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 8127 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 8128 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 8129 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 8130 } 8131 8132 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 8133 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 8134 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 8135 isExplicitSpecialization || 8136 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8137 8138 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 8139 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 8140 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 8141 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 8142 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 8143 SE->getString(), 0)); 8144 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 8145 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 8146 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8147 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 8148 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 8149 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 8150 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 8151 } else 8152 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 8153 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 8154 } 8155 } 8156 8157 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 8158 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 8159 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 8160 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 8161 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 8162 8163 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 8164 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 8165 // single void argument. 8166 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 8167 // already checks for that case. 8168 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 8169 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 8170 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 8171 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 8172 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 8173 Params.push_back(Param); 8174 8175 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 8176 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8177 } 8178 } 8179 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8180 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 8181 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 8182 // parameters for use in the declaration. 8183 // 8184 // @code 8185 // typedef void fn(int); 8186 // fn f; 8187 // @endcode 8188 8189 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 8190 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 8191 ParmVarDecl *Param = 8192 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 8193 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 8194 Params.push_back(Param); 8195 } 8196 } else { 8197 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 8198 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 8199 } 8200 8201 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 8202 NewFD->setParams(Params); 8203 8204 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 8205 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 8206 // 8207 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 8208 // 8209 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 8210 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 8211 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 8212 8213 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 8214 NewFD->addAttr( 8215 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 8216 Context, 0)); 8217 8218 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 8219 // because all functions have linkage. 8220 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8221 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8222 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 8223 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8224 } 8225 8226 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 8227 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8228 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 8229 NewFD->addAttr( 8230 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 8231 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8232 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 8233 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 8234 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 8235 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 8236 NewFD)) 8237 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 8238 } 8239 8240 // Handle attributes. 8241 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 8242 8243 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8244 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(S, NewFD, Previous); 8245 8246 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8247 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 8248 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 8249 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 8250 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 8251 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 8252 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 8253 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8254 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 8255 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8256 } 8257 } 8258 8259 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8260 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8261 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 8262 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8263 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8264 8265 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8266 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8267 8268 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8269 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8270 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8271 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8272 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8273 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8274 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8275 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8276 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8277 8278 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 8279 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 8280 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 8281 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8282 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8283 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 8284 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 8285 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 8286 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 8287 int DiagID = 8288 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 8289 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 8290 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 8291 } 8292 } 8293 } else { 8294 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 8295 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 8296 // 8297 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 8298 // 8299 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 8300 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 8301 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 8302 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 8303 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 8304 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8305 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 8306 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8307 8308 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 8309 // argument list into our AST format. 8310 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 8311 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 8312 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 8313 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8314 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 8315 TemplateId->NumArgs); 8316 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 8317 TemplateArgs); 8318 8319 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8320 8321 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8322 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8323 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 8324 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 8325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 8326 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 8327 8328 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8329 } else { 8330 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 8331 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 8332 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 8333 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 8334 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8335 } 8336 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8337 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 8338 // wrote something like: 8339 // template <> friend void foo(int); 8340 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 8341 // friend void foo<>(int); 8342 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 8343 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 8344 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8345 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8346 } 8347 8348 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 8349 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 8350 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 8351 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 8352 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 8353 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 8354 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 8355 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 8356 TemplateArgs, 8357 InstantiationDependent))) { 8358 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 8359 "friend function specialization without template args"); 8360 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 8361 Previous)) 8362 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8363 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8364 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 8365 && !isFriend) { 8366 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 8367 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 8368 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 8369 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 8370 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 8371 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 8372 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 8373 : nullptr), 8374 Previous)) 8375 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8376 8377 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 8378 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 8379 // specialization (14.7.3) 8380 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 8381 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 8382 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 8383 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 8384 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8385 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 8386 << SC 8387 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8388 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8389 8390 else 8391 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8392 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 8393 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 8394 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8395 } 8396 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8397 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 8398 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8399 } 8400 8401 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 8402 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8403 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 8404 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 8405 8406 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 8407 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 8408 8409 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8410 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 8411 isExplicitSpecialization)); 8412 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8413 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 8414 D.setRedeclaration(true); 8415 } 8416 8417 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 8418 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 8419 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 8420 8421 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 8422 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 8423 : NewFD); 8424 8425 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 8426 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 8427 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8428 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 8429 8430 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 8431 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 8432 } 8433 8434 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 8435 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 8436 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 8437 8438 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 8439 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 8440 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8441 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 8442 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 8443 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 8444 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 8445 : nullptr, 8446 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 8447 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 8448 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 8449 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 8450 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 8451 DC && DC->isRecord() && 8452 DC->isDependentContext()) 8453 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 8454 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 8455 } 8456 8457 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8458 // Ignore all the rest of this. 8459 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 8460 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 8461 AddToScope }; 8462 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 8463 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 8464 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8465 8466 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 8467 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 8468 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 8469 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 8470 8471 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 8472 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 8473 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 8474 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 8475 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 8476 // can actually do this check immediately. 8477 if (isFriend && 8478 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 8479 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 8480 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 8481 // ignore these 8482 } else { 8483 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 8484 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 8485 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 8486 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 8487 // 8488 // class X { 8489 // void f() const; 8490 // }; 8491 // 8492 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 8493 // 8494 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 8495 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 8496 // whether the parameter types are references). 8497 8498 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8499 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 8500 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8501 return Result; 8502 } 8503 } 8504 8505 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 8506 // to something. 8507 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8508 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8509 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8510 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8511 return Result; 8512 } 8513 } 8514 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8515 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8516 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8517 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8518 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8519 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8520 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8521 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8522 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8523 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8524 // generate them. 8525 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8526 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8527 } 8528 } 8529 8530 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8531 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8532 8533 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8534 8535 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8536 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8537 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8538 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8539 << NewFD; 8540 8541 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8542 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8543 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8544 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8545 EPI.Variadic = true; 8546 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8547 8548 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8549 NewFD->setType(R); 8550 } 8551 8552 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8553 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8554 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8555 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8556 8557 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8558 // marking the function. 8559 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8560 8561 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8562 // a pragma. 8563 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8564 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8565 8566 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8567 // the map of such variables. 8568 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8569 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8570 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8571 8572 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8573 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8574 8575 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8576 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8577 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8578 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 8579 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 8580 } 8581 8582 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 8583 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 8584 if (II && II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall") && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8585 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8586 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8587 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8588 8589 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8590 } 8591 8592 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 8593 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 8594 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 8595 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 8596 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 8597 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 8598 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 8599 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 8600 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 8601 } 8602 } 8603 8604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8605 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8606 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8607 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8608 return FunctionTemplate; 8609 } 8610 } 8611 8612 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8613 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8614 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8615 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8616 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8617 D.setInvalidType(); 8618 } 8619 8620 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8621 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8622 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8623 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8624 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8625 : FixItHint()); 8626 D.setInvalidType(); 8627 } 8628 8629 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8630 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 8631 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8632 } 8633 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 8634 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8635 8636 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 8637 // types. 8638 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) { 8639 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 8640 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 8641 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 8642 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 8643 D.setInvalidType(); 8644 } 8645 } 8646 } 8647 } 8648 8649 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8650 8651 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8652 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8653 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8654 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8655 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8656 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8657 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8658 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8659 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8660 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8661 AddToScope = false; 8662 } 8663 8664 return NewFD; 8665 } 8666 8667 /// \brief Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 8668 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 8669 /// 8670 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 8671 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 8672 /// same declaration name. 8673 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 8674 /// belongs to. 8675 /// 8676 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 8677 // Any declarations should be put into redeclaration chains except for 8678 // friend declaration in a dependent context that names a function in 8679 // namespace scope. 8680 // 8681 // This allows to compile code like: 8682 // 8683 // void func(); 8684 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() { } }; 8685 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() { } }; 8686 // 8687 // This code snippet is a valid code unless both templates are instantiated. 8688 return !(D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8689 D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8690 D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None); 8691 } 8692 8693 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8694 /// 8695 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8696 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8697 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8698 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8699 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8700 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8701 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8702 /// 8703 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8704 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8705 /// 8706 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8707 /// 8708 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8709 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8710 LookupResult &Previous, 8711 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8712 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8713 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8714 8715 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8716 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8717 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8718 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8719 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8720 8721 bool Redeclaration = false; 8722 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8723 8724 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8725 // the same name, if appropriate. 8726 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8727 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8728 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8729 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8730 // function to the scope. 8731 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8732 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8733 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8734 Redeclaration = true; 8735 OldDecl = Candidate; 8736 } 8737 } else { 8738 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8739 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8740 case Ovl_Match: 8741 Redeclaration = true; 8742 break; 8743 8744 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8745 Redeclaration = true; 8746 break; 8747 8748 case Ovl_Overload: 8749 Redeclaration = false; 8750 break; 8751 } 8752 8753 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8754 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8755 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8756 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8757 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8758 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8759 if (Redeclaration) 8760 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8761 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8762 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8763 if (OverloadedDecl) 8764 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8765 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8766 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8767 } 8768 } 8769 } 8770 8771 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8772 if (!Redeclaration && 8773 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8774 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8775 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8776 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8777 Redeclaration = true; 8778 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8779 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8780 8781 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8782 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8783 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8784 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8785 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8786 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8787 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8788 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8789 } 8790 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8791 Redeclaration = false; 8792 OldDecl = nullptr; 8793 } 8794 } 8795 } 8796 } 8797 8798 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8799 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8800 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8801 // 8802 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8803 // definition of a static member function. 8804 // 8805 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8806 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8807 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8808 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8809 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8810 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8811 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8812 if (OldDecl) 8813 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8814 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8815 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8816 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8817 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8818 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8819 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8820 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8821 8822 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8823 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8824 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8825 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8826 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8827 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8828 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8829 8830 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8831 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8832 } 8833 } 8834 } 8835 8836 if (Redeclaration) { 8837 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8838 // merged. 8839 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8840 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8841 return Redeclaration; 8842 } 8843 8844 Previous.clear(); 8845 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8846 8847 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8848 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8849 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8850 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8851 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8852 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8853 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8854 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8855 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8856 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8857 } 8858 8859 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8860 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8861 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8862 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8863 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8864 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8865 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 8866 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 8867 if (OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()->isDeleted()) { 8868 FunctionDecl *const OldTemplatedDecl = 8869 OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 8870 assert(OldTemplatedDecl->getCanonicalDecl() == OldTemplatedDecl); 8871 OldTemplatedDecl->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 8872 } 8873 } 8874 8875 } else { 8876 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 8877 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8878 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8879 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8880 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8881 } else { 8882 Redeclaration = false; 8883 } 8884 } 8885 } 8886 8887 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8888 8889 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8890 // C++-specific checks. 8891 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8892 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8893 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8894 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8895 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8896 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8897 8898 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8899 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8900 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8901 DeclarationName Name 8902 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8903 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8904 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8905 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8906 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8907 return Redeclaration; 8908 } 8909 } 8910 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8911 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8912 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8913 } 8914 8915 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8916 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8917 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8918 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8919 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8920 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8921 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8922 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8923 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8924 } 8925 } 8926 } 8927 8928 if (Method->isStatic()) 8929 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8930 } 8931 8932 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8933 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8934 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8935 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8936 return Redeclaration; 8937 } 8938 8939 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8940 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8941 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8942 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8943 return Redeclaration; 8944 } 8945 8946 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8947 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8948 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8949 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8950 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8951 8952 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8953 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8954 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8955 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8956 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8957 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8958 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8959 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8960 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8961 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8962 } 8963 } 8964 8965 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8966 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8967 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8968 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8969 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8970 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8971 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8972 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8973 << NewFD << R; 8974 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8975 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8976 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8977 } 8978 } 8979 return Redeclaration; 8980 } 8981 8982 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8983 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8984 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8985 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8986 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8987 // appear in a declaration of main. 8988 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8989 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8990 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8991 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8992 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8993 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8994 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8995 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8997 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8998 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8999 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 9000 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 9001 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 9002 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 9003 } 9004 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 9005 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 9006 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 9007 FD->setConstexpr(false); 9008 } 9009 9010 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9011 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 9012 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 9013 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9014 return; 9015 } 9016 9017 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9018 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9019 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9020 9021 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9022 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 9023 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 9024 // implicit-return-zero rule. 9025 9026 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 9027 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9028 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9029 else { 9030 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 9031 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9032 if (RTRange.isValid()) 9033 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 9034 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 9035 } 9036 } else { 9037 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 9038 // set the flag which tells us that. 9039 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 9040 9041 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 9042 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 9043 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9044 else { 9045 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 9046 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9047 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 9048 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 9049 : FixItHint()); 9050 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9051 } 9052 } 9053 9054 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 9055 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 9056 9057 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 9058 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 9059 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 9060 9061 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 9062 9063 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 9064 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 9065 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 9066 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 9067 } 9068 9069 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 9070 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 9071 // getting shifty. 9072 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 9073 HasExtraParameters = false; 9074 9075 if (HasExtraParameters) { 9076 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 9077 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9078 nparams = 3; 9079 } 9080 9081 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 9082 // if we had some location information about types. 9083 9084 QualType CharPP = 9085 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 9086 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 9087 9088 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 9089 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 9090 9091 bool mismatch = true; 9092 9093 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 9094 mismatch = false; 9095 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 9096 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 9097 // char const ** 9098 // char const * const * 9099 // char * const * 9100 9101 QualifierCollector qs; 9102 const PointerType* PT; 9103 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9104 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 9105 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 9106 Context.CharTy)) { 9107 qs.removeConst(); 9108 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 9109 } 9110 } 9111 9112 if (mismatch) { 9113 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 9114 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 9115 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 9116 } 9117 } 9118 9119 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9120 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 9121 } 9122 9123 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9124 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9125 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9126 } 9127 } 9128 9129 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 9130 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9131 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 9132 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9133 9134 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 9135 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 9136 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 9137 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 9138 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 9139 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 9140 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 9141 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 9142 9143 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 9144 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 9145 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9146 } 9147 } 9148 9149 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 9150 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 9151 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 9152 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 9153 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 9154 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 9155 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 9156 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 9157 // rules there don't matter.) 9158 const Expr *Culprit; 9159 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9160 return false; 9161 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 9162 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9163 return true; 9164 } 9165 9166 namespace { 9167 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 9168 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 9169 class SelfReferenceChecker 9170 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 9171 Sema &S; 9172 Decl *OrigDecl; 9173 bool isRecordType; 9174 bool isPODType; 9175 bool isReferenceType; 9176 9177 bool isInitList; 9178 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 9179 9180 public: 9181 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 9182 9183 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 9184 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 9185 isPODType = false; 9186 isRecordType = false; 9187 isReferenceType = false; 9188 isInitList = false; 9189 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 9190 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 9191 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 9192 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 9193 } 9194 } 9195 9196 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 9197 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 9198 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 9199 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 9200 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 9201 if (!InitList) { 9202 Visit(E); 9203 return; 9204 } 9205 9206 // Track and increment the index here. 9207 isInitList = true; 9208 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 9209 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 9210 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 9211 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 9212 } 9213 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 9214 } 9215 9216 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 9217 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 9218 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 9219 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 9220 Expr *Base = E; 9221 bool ReferenceField = false; 9222 9223 // Get the field memebers used. 9224 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9225 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 9226 if (!FD) 9227 return false; 9228 Fields.push_back(FD); 9229 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 9230 ReferenceField = true; 9231 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9232 } 9233 9234 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 9235 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 9236 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 9237 return false; 9238 9239 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 9240 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 9241 return true; 9242 9243 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 9244 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 9245 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 9246 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 9247 9248 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 9249 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 9250 // initialized, then the use is safe. 9251 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 9252 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 9253 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 9254 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 9255 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 9256 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 9257 return true; 9258 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 9259 break; 9260 } 9261 9262 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 9263 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9264 return true; 9265 } 9266 9267 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 9268 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 9269 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 9270 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 9271 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9272 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 9273 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9274 return; 9275 } 9276 9277 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9278 Visit(CO->getCond()); 9279 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 9280 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 9281 return; 9282 } 9283 9284 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 9285 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 9286 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 9287 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 9288 return; 9289 } 9290 9291 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 9292 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 9293 return; 9294 } 9295 9296 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 9297 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 9298 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 9299 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 9300 return; 9301 } 9302 } 9303 9304 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 9305 if (isInitList) { 9306 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 9307 false /*CheckReference*/)) 9308 return; 9309 } 9310 9311 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9312 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9313 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 9314 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9315 return; 9316 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9317 } 9318 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 9319 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9320 return; 9321 } 9322 9323 Visit(E); 9324 } 9325 9326 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 9327 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 9328 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 9329 if (isReferenceType) 9330 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 9331 } 9332 9333 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 9334 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 9335 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9336 return; 9337 } 9338 9339 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 9340 } 9341 9342 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 9343 if (isInitList) { 9344 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 9345 return; 9346 } 9347 9348 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 9349 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 9350 9351 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 9352 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 9353 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 9354 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 9355 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9356 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 9357 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 9358 Warn = false; 9359 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 9360 } 9361 9362 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 9363 if (Warn) 9364 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 9365 return; 9366 } 9367 9368 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 9369 // Visit that expression. 9370 Visit(Base); 9371 } 9372 9373 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 9374 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 9375 9376 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 9377 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 9378 9379 Visit(Callee); 9380 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 9381 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 9382 } 9383 9384 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 9385 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 9386 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 9387 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 9388 if (!isPODType) 9389 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9390 return; 9391 } 9392 9393 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 9394 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 9395 return; 9396 } 9397 9398 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 9399 } 9400 9401 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 9402 9403 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 9404 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 9405 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 9406 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9407 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 9408 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 9409 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 9410 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 9411 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 9412 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 9413 return; 9414 } 9415 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 9416 } 9417 9418 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 9419 // Treat std::move as a use. 9420 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 9421 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 9422 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 9423 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 9424 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 9425 return; 9426 } 9427 } 9428 } 9429 9430 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 9431 } 9432 9433 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 9434 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 9435 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 9436 Visit(E->getRHS()); 9437 return; 9438 } 9439 9440 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 9441 } 9442 9443 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 9444 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 9445 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 9446 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 9447 Visit(E->getCond()); 9448 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 9449 } 9450 9451 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 9452 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 9453 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 9454 unsigned diag; 9455 if (isReferenceType) { 9456 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 9457 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 9458 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 9459 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9460 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 9461 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 9462 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 9463 } else { 9464 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 9465 return; 9466 } 9467 9468 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 9469 S.PDiag(diag) 9470 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 9471 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 9472 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 9473 } 9474 }; 9475 9476 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 9477 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 9478 bool DirectInit) { 9479 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 9480 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 9481 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 9482 return; 9483 9484 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 9485 9486 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 9487 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 9488 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 9489 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 9490 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 9491 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 9492 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 9493 return; 9494 9495 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 9496 } 9497 } // end anonymous namespace 9498 9499 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 9500 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 9501 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 9502 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 9503 Expr *Init) { 9504 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 9505 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 9506 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 9507 9508 // FIXME: Deduction for a decomposition declaration does weird things if the 9509 // initializer is an array. 9510 9511 ArrayRef<Expr *> DeduceInits = Init; 9512 if (DirectInit) { 9513 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9514 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 9515 else if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9516 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 9517 } 9518 9519 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 9520 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 9521 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 9522 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 9523 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9524 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 9525 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 9526 << Name << Type << Range; 9527 return QualType(); 9528 } 9529 9530 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 9531 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getLocStart(), 9532 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 9533 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 9534 << Name << Type << Range; 9535 return QualType(); 9536 } 9537 9538 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 9539 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 9540 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), IsInitCapture 9541 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 9542 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9543 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << Name << Type << Range; 9544 return QualType(); 9545 } 9546 9547 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9548 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 9549 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9550 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 9551 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9552 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9553 return QualType(); 9554 } 9555 Init = Result.get(); 9556 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 9557 } 9558 9559 QualType DeducedType; 9560 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 9561 if (!IsInitCapture) 9562 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9563 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 9564 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 9565 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 9566 << Name 9567 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9568 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9569 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9570 else 9571 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 9572 << Name << TSI->getType() 9573 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 9574 : DeduceInit->getType()) 9575 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9576 } 9577 9578 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9579 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 9580 // checks. 9581 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9582 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9583 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedAnyToId && 9584 !IsInitCapture && !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9585 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9586 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << Name << Range; 9587 } 9588 9589 return DeducedType; 9590 } 9591 9592 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 9593 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 9594 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 9595 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 9596 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9597 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 9598 // the initializer. 9599 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9600 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 9601 return; 9602 } 9603 9604 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9605 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 9606 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 9607 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 9608 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 9609 return; 9610 } 9611 9612 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 9613 if (!VDecl) { 9614 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 9615 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 9616 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9617 return; 9618 } 9619 9620 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that a parenthesized initializer is not 9621 // permitted. 9622 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && DirectInit && isa<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 9623 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_paren_init) << VDecl; 9624 9625 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 9626 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9627 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 9628 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 9629 // TypoExpr. 9630 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 9631 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 9632 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9633 return; 9634 } 9635 Init = Res.get(); 9636 9637 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 9638 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), 9639 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 9640 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9641 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9642 return; 9643 } 9644 9645 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9646 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9647 9648 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9649 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9650 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9651 9652 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9653 // the previously declared type. 9654 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9655 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9656 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9657 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 9658 } 9659 9660 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9661 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9662 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9663 return; 9664 } 9665 9666 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9667 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9668 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9669 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9670 return; 9671 } 9672 9673 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9674 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9675 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9676 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9677 return; 9678 } 9679 9680 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9681 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9682 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9683 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9684 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9685 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9686 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9687 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9688 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9689 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9690 return; 9691 } 9692 9693 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9694 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9695 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9696 AbstractVariableType)) 9697 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9698 } 9699 9700 VarDecl *Def; 9701 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 9702 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine())) { 9703 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9704 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9705 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9706 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9707 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9708 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9709 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9710 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9711 } else { 9712 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9713 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9714 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9715 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9716 return; 9717 } 9718 } 9719 9720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9721 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9722 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9723 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9724 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9725 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9726 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9727 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9728 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9729 // 9730 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9731 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9732 // declaration with an initializer. 9733 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9734 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9735 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9736 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9737 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9738 << 0; 9739 return; 9740 } 9741 9742 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9743 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9744 9745 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9746 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9747 return; 9748 } 9749 } 9750 9751 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9752 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9753 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 9754 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9755 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9756 return; 9757 } 9758 9759 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9760 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9761 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9762 9763 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9764 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9765 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9766 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9767 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9768 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9769 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9770 return; 9771 } 9772 Init = Result.get(); 9773 } 9774 9775 // Perform the initialization. 9776 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 9777 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9778 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9779 InitializationKind Kind = 9780 DirectInit 9781 ? CXXDirectInit 9782 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9783 Init->getLocStart(), 9784 Init->getLocEnd()) 9785 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(VDecl->getLocation()) 9786 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9787 Init->getLocStart()); 9788 9789 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9790 if (CXXDirectInit) 9791 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9792 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9793 9794 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9795 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9796 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9797 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9798 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9799 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9800 }); 9801 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9802 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9803 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9804 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9805 } 9806 } 9807 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9808 return; 9809 9810 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 9811 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 9812 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 9813 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9814 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9815 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9816 return; 9817 } 9818 9819 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9820 } 9821 9822 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9823 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9824 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9825 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9826 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9827 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9828 } 9829 9830 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9831 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9832 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9833 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9834 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9835 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9836 9837 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9838 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9839 9840 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9841 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9842 9843 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9844 // Although this code can still have problems: 9845 // id x = self.weakProp; 9846 // id y = self.weakProp; 9847 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9848 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9849 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9850 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9851 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9852 Init->getLocStart())) 9853 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9854 } 9855 9856 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9857 // 9858 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9859 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9860 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9861 // 9862 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9863 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9864 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9865 // 9866 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9867 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9868 false, 9869 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9870 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9871 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9872 return; 9873 } 9874 Init = Result.get(); 9875 9876 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9877 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9878 9879 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9880 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9881 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9882 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9883 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9884 const Expr *Culprit; 9885 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9886 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9887 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9888 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9889 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9890 // constant expressions. 9891 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9892 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9893 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9894 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9895 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9896 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9897 } 9898 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 9899 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9900 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9901 // 9902 // struct S { 9903 // static const int value = 17; 9904 // }; 9905 9906 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9907 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9908 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9909 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9910 // 9911 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9912 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 9913 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9914 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9915 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9916 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9917 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9918 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9919 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9920 9921 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9922 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9923 9924 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9925 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9926 // type. 9927 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9928 9929 // Require constness. 9930 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9931 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9932 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9933 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9934 9935 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9936 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9937 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9938 SourceLocation Loc; 9939 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9940 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9941 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9942 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9943 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9944 ; // Nothing to check. 9945 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9946 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9947 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9948 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9949 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9950 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9951 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9952 } else { 9953 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9954 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9955 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9956 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9957 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9958 } 9959 9960 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9961 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9962 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9963 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9964 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9965 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9966 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9967 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9968 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9969 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9970 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9971 } else { 9972 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9973 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9974 9975 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9976 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9977 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9978 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9979 } 9980 } 9981 9982 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9983 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9984 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9985 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9986 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9987 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9988 9989 } else { 9990 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9991 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9992 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9993 } 9994 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9995 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 9996 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 9997 // defintion. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 9998 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 9999 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 10000 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 10001 // C++ rules. 10002 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 10003 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 10004 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 10005 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 10006 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 10007 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 10008 10009 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 10010 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10011 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 10012 } 10013 10014 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 10015 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 10016 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 10017 // 10018 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 10019 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 10020 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 10021 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 10022 // special case code. 10023 10024 // C++ 8.5p11: 10025 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 10026 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 10027 // class type. 10028 if (CXXDirectInit) { 10029 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 10030 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10031 } else if (DirectInit) { 10032 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 10033 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 10034 } 10035 10036 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 10037 } 10038 10039 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 10040 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 10041 /// of sanity. 10042 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 10043 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 10044 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 10045 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10046 10047 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10048 if (!VD) return; 10049 10050 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10051 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 10052 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 10053 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10054 10055 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 10056 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 10057 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10058 return; 10059 } 10060 10061 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 10062 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 10063 10064 // Require a complete type. 10065 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 10066 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 10067 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10068 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10069 return; 10070 } 10071 10072 // Require a non-abstract type. 10073 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 10074 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10075 AbstractVariableType)) { 10076 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10077 return; 10078 } 10079 10080 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 10081 // though. 10082 } 10083 10084 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 10085 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10086 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 10087 if (!RealDecl) 10088 return; 10089 10090 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10091 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 10092 10093 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 10094 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 10095 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 10096 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10097 return; 10098 } 10099 10100 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 10101 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 10102 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 10103 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 10104 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10105 return; 10106 } 10107 10108 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 10109 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 10110 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 10111 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 10112 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 10113 // member. 10114 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10115 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 10116 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 10117 // a definition there. 10118 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z) { 10119 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10120 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 10121 << Var->getDeclName(); 10122 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10123 return; 10124 } 10125 } else { 10126 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 10127 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10128 return; 10129 } 10130 } 10131 10132 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 10133 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 10134 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 10135 if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = Var->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 10136 if (VTD->isConcept()) { 10137 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 10138 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10139 return; 10140 } 10141 } 10142 10143 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 10144 // be initialized. 10145 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10146 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 10147 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 10148 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 10149 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10150 return; 10151 } 10152 10153 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10154 case VarDecl::Definition: 10155 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 10156 break; 10157 10158 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 10159 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 10160 // a declaration. 10161 // 10162 // Fall through 10163 10164 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 10165 // It's only a declaration. 10166 10167 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 10168 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 10169 // object shall be complete. 10170 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 10171 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10172 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10173 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 10174 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10175 10176 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 10177 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10178 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10179 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10180 AbstractVariableType)) 10181 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10182 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 10183 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 10184 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 10185 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 10186 } 10187 10188 return; 10189 10190 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 10191 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 10192 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 10193 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 10194 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 10195 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 10196 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 10197 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 10198 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 10199 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10200 ArrayT->getElementType(), 10201 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 10202 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10203 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10204 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 10205 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 10206 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 10207 // NOTE: code such as the following 10208 // static struct s; 10209 // struct s { int a; }; 10210 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 10211 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 10212 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 10213 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 10214 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10215 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 10216 } 10217 } 10218 10219 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 10220 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10221 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 10222 return; 10223 } 10224 10225 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10226 // definitions with incomplete array type. 10227 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 10228 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 10229 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 10230 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10231 return; 10232 } 10233 10234 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 10235 // definitions with reference type. 10236 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 10237 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 10238 << Var->getDeclName() 10239 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 10240 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10241 return; 10242 } 10243 10244 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 10245 // variable with dependent type. 10246 if (Type->isDependentType()) 10247 return; 10248 10249 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 10250 return; 10251 10252 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 10253 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 10254 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 10255 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 10256 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10257 return; 10258 } 10259 } else { 10260 return; 10261 } 10262 10263 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 10264 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 10265 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10266 AbstractVariableType)) { 10267 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10268 return; 10269 } 10270 10271 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 10272 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 10273 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 10274 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 10275 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 10276 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 10277 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 10278 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 10279 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 10280 // types and is declared without an initializer. 10281 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10282 if (const RecordType *Record 10283 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10284 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 10285 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 10286 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 10287 // incompatibilities with C++98. 10288 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 10289 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10290 } 10291 } 10292 10293 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 10294 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 10295 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 10296 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 10297 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 10298 // type shall have a user-declared default 10299 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 10300 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 10301 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 10302 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 10303 // program is ill-formed. 10304 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 10305 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 10306 // default-initialized; [...]. 10307 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 10308 InitializationKind Kind 10309 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 10310 10311 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10312 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 10313 if (Init.isInvalid()) 10314 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 10315 else if (Init.get()) { 10316 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 10317 // This is important for template substitution. 10318 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 10319 } 10320 10321 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 10322 } 10323 } 10324 10325 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 10326 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 10327 if (!D) 10328 return; 10329 10330 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 10331 if (!VD) { 10332 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 10333 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10334 return; 10335 } 10336 10337 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10338 10339 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 10340 int Error = -1; 10341 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 10342 case SC_None: 10343 break; 10344 case SC_Extern: 10345 Error = 0; 10346 break; 10347 case SC_Static: 10348 Error = 1; 10349 break; 10350 case SC_PrivateExtern: 10351 Error = 2; 10352 break; 10353 case SC_Auto: 10354 Error = 3; 10355 break; 10356 case SC_Register: 10357 Error = 4; 10358 break; 10359 } 10360 if (Error != -1) { 10361 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 10362 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 10363 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10364 } 10365 } 10366 10367 StmtResult 10368 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 10369 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 10370 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 10371 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 10372 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 10373 // A range-based for statement of the form 10374 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10375 // is equivalent to 10376 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 10377 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10378 10379 const char *PrevSpec; 10380 unsigned DiagID; 10381 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 10382 getPrintingPolicy()); 10383 10384 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 10385 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 10386 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 10387 10388 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 10389 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 10390 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 10391 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 10392 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 10393 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 10394 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 10395 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 10396 } 10397 10398 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 10399 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 10400 10401 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10402 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 10403 // initialiser 10404 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 10405 !var->hasInit()) { 10406 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 10407 << 1 /*Init*/; 10408 var->setInvalidDecl(); 10409 return; 10410 } 10411 } 10412 10413 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 10414 // local retaining variable. 10415 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10416 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 10417 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 10418 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 10419 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 10420 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 10421 break; 10422 10423 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 10424 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 10425 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 10426 break; 10427 } 10428 } 10429 10430 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 10431 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 10432 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 10433 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 10434 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 10435 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10436 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 10437 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 10438 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 10439 var->getLocation())) { 10440 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 10441 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 10442 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 10443 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 10444 10445 if (!prev) 10446 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 10447 } 10448 10449 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 10450 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 10451 const Expr *CacheCulprit; 10452 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 10453 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 10454 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10455 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 10456 return *CacheHasConstInit; 10457 }; 10458 10459 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 10460 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 10461 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 10462 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 10463 // have a non-trivial destructor. 10464 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 10465 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10466 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10467 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 10468 if (!checkConstInit()) { 10469 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 10470 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 10471 // initialization. 10472 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 10473 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 10474 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 10475 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 10476 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 10477 } 10478 } 10479 } 10480 10481 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 10482 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 10483 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 10484 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10485 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 10486 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 10487 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 10488 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 10489 else if (!var->getInit()) { 10490 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 10491 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10492 } else { 10493 Stack = &DataSegStack; 10494 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 10495 } 10496 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 10497 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 10498 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 10499 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 10500 } 10501 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 10502 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 10503 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 10504 10505 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 10506 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 10507 // attribute. 10508 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 10509 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 10510 CurInitSegLoc)); 10511 } 10512 10513 // All the following checks are C++ only. 10514 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10515 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 10516 // current module. 10517 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10518 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10519 return; 10520 } 10521 10522 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 10523 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 10524 10525 QualType type = var->getType(); 10526 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 10527 10528 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 10529 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10530 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 10531 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 10532 10533 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 10534 // constructing this copy. 10535 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 10536 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 10537 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 10538 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 10539 ExprResult result 10540 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 10541 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 10542 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 10543 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 10544 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 10545 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 10546 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 10547 } 10548 } 10549 } 10550 10551 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 10552 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 10553 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 10554 10555 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 10556 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 10557 10558 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 10559 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 10560 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 10561 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 10562 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 10563 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 10564 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 10565 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 10566 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 10567 Notes.clear(); 10568 } 10569 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 10570 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 10571 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 10572 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 10573 } 10574 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 10575 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 10576 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 10577 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 10578 var->checkInitIsICE(); 10579 } 10580 10581 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 10582 // were just diagnosed. 10583 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && 10584 var->hasAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>()) { 10585 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 10586 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 10587 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 10588 if (DiagErr) { 10589 auto attr = var->getAttr<RequireConstantInitAttr>(); 10590 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 10591 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10592 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 10593 << attr->getRange(); 10594 } 10595 } 10596 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 10597 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 10598 var->getLocation())) { 10599 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 10600 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 10601 // warned about them. 10602 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 10603 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 10604 if (!checkConstInit()) 10605 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 10606 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10607 } 10608 } 10609 } 10610 10611 // Require the destructor. 10612 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 10613 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 10614 10615 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 10616 // module. 10617 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 10618 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 10619 } 10620 10621 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 10622 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 10623 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 10624 return true; 10625 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 10626 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 10627 return true; 10628 return false; 10629 } 10630 10631 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 10632 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 10633 void 10634 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 10635 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 10636 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 10637 10638 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 10639 if (!VD) 10640 return; 10641 10642 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 10643 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 10644 if (ThisDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 10645 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 10646 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 10647 } 10648 } 10649 10650 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 10651 10652 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 10653 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 10654 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 10655 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 10656 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 10657 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 10658 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 10659 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 10660 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 10661 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 10662 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 10663 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 10664 } 10665 } 10666 } 10667 10668 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 10669 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 10670 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 10671 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 10672 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 10673 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 10674 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 10675 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 10676 } 10677 // CUDA E.2.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 10678 // function, only __shared__ variables may be declared with 10679 // static storage class. 10680 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() && 10681 CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 10682 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 10683 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 10684 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10685 } 10686 } 10687 10688 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 10689 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 10690 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 10691 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 10692 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 10693 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 10694 const Expr *Init = VD->getInit(); 10695 if (Init && VD->hasGlobalStorage()) { 10696 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || 10697 VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) { 10698 assert(!VD->isStaticLocal() || VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()); 10699 bool AllowedInit = false; 10700 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 10701 AllowedInit = 10702 isEmptyCudaConstructor(VD->getLocation(), CE->getConstructor()); 10703 // We'll allow constant initializers even if it's a non-empty 10704 // constructor according to CUDA rules. This deviates from NVCC, 10705 // but allows us to handle things like constexpr constructors. 10706 if (!AllowedInit && 10707 (VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 10708 AllowedInit = VD->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 10709 Context, VD->getType()->isReferenceType()); 10710 10711 // Also make sure that destructor, if there is one, is empty. 10712 if (AllowedInit) 10713 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 10714 AllowedInit = 10715 isEmptyCudaDestructor(VD->getLocation(), RD->getDestructor()); 10716 10717 if (!AllowedInit) { 10718 Diag(VD->getLocation(), VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() 10719 ? diag::err_shared_var_init 10720 : diag::err_dynamic_var_init) 10721 << Init->getSourceRange(); 10722 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10723 } 10724 } else { 10725 // This is a host-side global variable. Check that the initializer is 10726 // callable from the host side. 10727 const FunctionDecl *InitFn = nullptr; 10728 if (const CXXConstructExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) { 10729 InitFn = CE->getConstructor(); 10730 } else if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Init)) { 10731 InitFn = CE->getDirectCallee(); 10732 } 10733 if (InitFn) { 10734 CUDAFunctionTarget InitFnTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(InitFn); 10735 if (InitFnTarget != CFT_Host && InitFnTarget != CFT_HostDevice) { 10736 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_bad_target_global_initializer) 10737 << InitFnTarget << InitFn; 10738 Diag(InitFn->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << InitFn; 10739 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10740 } 10741 } 10742 } 10743 } 10744 } 10745 10746 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 10747 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 10748 10749 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 10750 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 10751 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 10752 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10753 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 10754 // with a warning. 10755 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10756 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10757 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10758 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10759 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10760 10761 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10762 IsClassTemplateMember 10763 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10764 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10765 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10766 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10767 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10768 } 10769 } 10770 10771 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10772 // isn't exported with the variable. 10773 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10774 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10775 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10776 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10777 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10778 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10779 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10780 } else { 10781 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10782 << DLLAttr; 10783 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10784 } 10785 } 10786 10787 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10788 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10789 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10790 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10791 } 10792 } 10793 10794 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10795 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10796 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10797 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10798 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10799 10800 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10801 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10802 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10803 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10804 10805 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10806 // tag values. 10807 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10808 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10809 return; 10810 10811 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10812 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10813 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10814 continue; 10815 } 10816 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10817 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10818 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10819 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10820 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10821 continue; 10822 } 10823 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10824 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10825 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10826 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10827 continue; 10828 } 10829 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10830 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10831 MagicValue, 10832 I->getMatchingCType(), 10833 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10834 I->getMustBeNull()); 10835 } 10836 } 10837 10838 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10839 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10840 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10841 10842 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10843 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10844 10845 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10846 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10847 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 10848 10849 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10850 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10851 auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D); 10852 if (DD && !FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10853 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10854 10855 auto *Decomp = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 10856 if (Decomp && !FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 10857 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = Decomp; 10858 10859 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 10860 // declaration in the same group. 10861 auto *OtherDD = FirstDeclaratorInGroup; 10862 if (OtherDD == FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 10863 OtherDD = DD; 10864 if (OtherDD && FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 10865 OtherDD != FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && 10866 !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 10867 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 10868 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 10869 << OtherDD->getSourceRange(); 10870 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 10871 } 10872 10873 Decls.push_back(D); 10874 } 10875 } 10876 10877 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10878 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10879 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10880 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10881 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10882 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10883 } 10884 } 10885 10886 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10887 } 10888 10889 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10890 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10891 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10892 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10893 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10894 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10895 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10896 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10897 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10898 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10899 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10900 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10901 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10902 QualType Deduced; 10903 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10904 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10905 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10906 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10907 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10908 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10909 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10910 break; 10911 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10912 if (!U.isNull()) { 10913 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10914 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10915 Deduced = U; 10916 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10917 DeducedDecl = D; 10918 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10919 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10920 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10921 << (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() 10922 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10923 << U << D->getDeclName() 10924 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10925 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10926 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10927 break; 10928 } 10929 } 10930 } 10931 } 10932 } 10933 10934 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10935 10936 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10937 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10938 } 10939 10940 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10941 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10942 } 10943 10944 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10945 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10946 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10947 return; 10948 10949 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10950 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10951 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10952 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10953 return; 10954 10955 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10956 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10957 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10958 // additional declaration references: 10959 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10960 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10961 // 'struct S *pS;' 10962 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10963 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10964 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10965 Group = Group.slice(1); 10966 } 10967 } 10968 10969 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10970 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10971 if (!Comments.empty() && 10972 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10973 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10974 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10975 // 10976 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10977 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10978 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10979 // ahead through comments. 10980 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10981 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10982 } 10983 } 10984 10985 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10986 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10987 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10988 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10989 10990 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10991 10992 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10993 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10994 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10995 SC = SC_Register; 10996 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10997 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10998 SC = SC_Auto; 10999 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 11000 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11001 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 11002 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 11003 } 11004 11005 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11006 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 11007 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11008 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 11009 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 11010 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 11011 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 11012 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 11013 << 0; 11014 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) 11015 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 11016 11017 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 11018 11019 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11020 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 11021 11022 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11023 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 11024 // parameter. 11025 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11026 11027 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 11028 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 11029 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 11030 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 11031 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 11032 } 11033 } 11034 11035 // Ensure we have a valid name 11036 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 11037 if (D.hasName()) { 11038 II = D.getIdentifier(); 11039 if (!II) { 11040 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 11041 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 11042 D.setInvalidType(true); 11043 } 11044 } 11045 11046 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 11047 if (II) { 11048 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 11049 ForRedeclaration); 11050 LookupName(R, S); 11051 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 11052 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 11053 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11054 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11055 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11056 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11057 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11058 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11059 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 11060 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11061 11062 // Recover by removing the name 11063 II = nullptr; 11064 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 11065 D.setInvalidType(true); 11066 } 11067 } 11068 } 11069 11070 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 11071 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 11072 // looking like class members in C++. 11073 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 11074 D.getLocStart(), 11075 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 11076 parmDeclType, TInfo, 11077 SC); 11078 11079 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11080 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11081 11082 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 11083 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 11084 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 11085 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 11086 11087 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 11088 S->AddDecl(New); 11089 if (II) 11090 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 11091 11092 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 11093 11094 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11096 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 11097 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11098 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11099 11100 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 11101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 11102 } 11103 return New; 11104 } 11105 11106 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 11107 /// typedef. 11108 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 11109 SourceLocation Loc, 11110 QualType T) { 11111 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 11112 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 11113 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 11114 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 11115 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 11116 SC_None, nullptr); 11117 Param->setImplicit(); 11118 return Param; 11119 } 11120 11121 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 11122 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 11123 // will already have done so in the template itself. 11124 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 11125 return; 11126 11127 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11128 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 11129 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 11130 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 11131 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 11132 } 11133 } 11134 } 11135 11136 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 11137 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 11138 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 11139 return; 11140 11141 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11142 // threshold. 11143 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 11144 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 11145 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11146 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 11147 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 11148 } 11149 11150 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 11151 // threshold. 11152 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 11153 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 11154 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 11155 continue; 11156 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 11157 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 11158 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 11159 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 11160 } 11161 } 11162 11163 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 11164 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 11165 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 11166 StorageClass SC) { 11167 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 11168 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 11169 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 11170 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 11171 11172 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 11173 11174 // Special cases for arrays: 11175 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 11176 // - otherwise, it's an error 11177 if (T->isArrayType()) { 11178 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 11179 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 11180 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 11181 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 11182 } 11183 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 11184 } else { 11185 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 11186 } 11187 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 11188 } 11189 11190 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 11191 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 11192 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 11193 11194 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 11195 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 11196 // the class has been completely parsed. 11197 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 11198 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11199 AbstractParamType)) 11200 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11201 11202 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 11203 // passed by reference. 11204 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 11205 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 11206 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd()); 11207 Diag(NameLoc, 11208 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 11209 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 11210 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 11211 New->setType(T); 11212 } 11213 11214 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 11215 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 11216 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 11217 // an address space. 11218 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 11219 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 11220 // to be qualified with an address space. 11221 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 11222 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 11223 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11224 } 11225 } 11226 11227 return New; 11228 } 11229 11230 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 11231 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 11232 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 11233 11234 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 11235 // for a K&R function. 11236 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 11237 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 11238 --i; 11239 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 11240 SmallString<256> Code; 11241 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 11242 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 11243 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 11244 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 11245 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 11246 11247 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 11248 // type. 11249 AttributeFactory attrs; 11250 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 11251 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 11252 unsigned DiagID; // unused 11253 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 11254 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11255 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 11256 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11257 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11258 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 11259 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 11260 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 11261 } 11262 } 11263 } 11264 } 11265 11266 Decl * 11267 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 11268 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11269 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11270 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 11271 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 11272 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 11273 11274 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 11275 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 11276 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 11277 } 11278 11279 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 11280 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 11281 } 11282 11283 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 11284 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11285 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 11286 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11287 return false; 11288 11289 // Or declarations that aren't global. 11290 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 11291 return false; 11292 11293 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 11294 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 11295 return false; 11296 11297 // Don't warn about 'main'. 11298 if (FD->isMain()) 11299 return false; 11300 11301 // Don't warn about inline functions. 11302 if (FD->isInlined()) 11303 return false; 11304 11305 // Don't warn about function templates. 11306 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11307 return false; 11308 11309 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 11310 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 11311 return false; 11312 11313 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 11314 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 11315 return false; 11316 11317 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 11318 if (FD->isDeleted()) 11319 return false; 11320 11321 bool MissingPrototype = true; 11322 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 11323 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 11324 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 11325 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 11326 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11327 continue; 11328 11329 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 11330 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 11331 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 11332 break; 11333 } 11334 11335 return MissingPrototype; 11336 } 11337 11338 void 11339 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 11340 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 11341 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11342 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 11343 // was an extern inline function. 11344 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 11345 if (!Definition) 11346 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 11347 return; 11348 11349 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 11350 return; 11351 11352 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 11353 // a template, skip the new definition. 11354 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 11355 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 11356 Definition->isInlined() || 11357 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 11358 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 11359 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 11360 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 11361 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 11362 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 11363 FD->getLocation()); 11364 return; 11365 } 11366 11367 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 11368 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 11369 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 11370 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 11371 else 11372 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 11373 11374 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11375 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11376 } 11377 11378 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 11379 Sema &S) { 11380 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 11381 11382 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 11383 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 11384 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 11385 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 11386 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 11387 11388 if (LCD == LCD_None) 11389 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 11390 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 11391 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 11392 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 11393 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 11394 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 11395 11396 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 11397 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 11398 11399 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 11400 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 11401 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 11402 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 11403 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 11404 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 11405 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 11406 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 11407 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 11408 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 11409 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 11410 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 11411 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 11412 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 11413 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 11414 11415 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 11416 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 11417 /*Expr*/ nullptr, 11418 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 11419 } else { 11420 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 11421 } 11422 ++I; 11423 } 11424 } 11425 11426 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 11427 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11428 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 11429 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 11430 11431 if (!D) 11432 return D; 11433 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 11434 11435 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 11436 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 11437 else 11438 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 11439 11440 // See if this is a redefinition. 11441 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 11442 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 11443 11444 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 11445 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 11446 return D; 11447 } 11448 11449 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 11450 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 11451 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 11452 // LambdaScopeInfo. 11453 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 11454 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 11455 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 11456 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 11457 // have the LSI properly restored. 11458 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 11459 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 11460 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 11461 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 11462 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 11463 } 11464 else 11465 // Enter a new function scope 11466 PushFunctionScope(); 11467 11468 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 11469 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11470 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 11471 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 11472 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 11473 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11474 } 11475 } 11476 11477 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 11478 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 11479 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 11480 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 11481 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11482 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 11483 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 11484 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11485 11486 if (FnBodyScope) 11487 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 11488 11489 // Check the validity of our function parameters 11490 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 11491 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 11492 11493 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 11494 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 11495 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 11496 11497 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11498 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 11499 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 11500 11501 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 11502 } 11503 } 11504 11505 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 11506 // introduce them into the function scope. 11507 if (FnBodyScope) { 11508 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 11509 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 11510 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 11511 I != E; ++I) { 11512 NamedDecl *D = *I; 11513 11514 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 11515 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 11516 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 11517 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 11518 // Is the decl actually in the context? 11519 if (Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->containsDecl(D)) 11520 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 11521 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 11522 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11523 } 11524 11525 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 11526 if (!D->getName().empty()) 11527 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11528 11529 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 11530 // accessible in this scope. 11531 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 11532 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 11533 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 11534 } 11535 } 11536 } 11537 11538 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 11539 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 11540 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 11541 11542 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 11543 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 11544 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 11545 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 11546 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 11547 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11548 return D; 11549 } 11550 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 11551 // a function template). 11552 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 11553 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11554 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 11555 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 11556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 11557 11558 return D; 11559 } 11560 11561 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 11562 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 11563 /// optimization. 11564 /// 11565 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 11566 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 11567 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 11568 /// use the named return value optimization. 11569 /// 11570 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 11571 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 11572 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 11573 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 11574 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 11575 11576 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 11577 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 11578 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 11579 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 11580 } 11581 } 11582 } 11583 11584 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 11585 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 11586 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 11587 return false; 11588 11589 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 11590 // return type (yet). 11591 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 11592 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 11593 // we can still delay parsing it. 11594 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 11595 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 11596 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 11597 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 11598 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 11599 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 11600 } 11601 } 11602 return false; 11603 } 11604 11605 return true; 11606 } 11607 11608 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 11609 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 11610 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 11611 // rest of the file. 11612 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 11613 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 11614 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 11615 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 11616 return false; 11617 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 11618 } 11619 11620 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 11621 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 11622 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11623 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 11624 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 11625 return Decl; 11626 } 11627 11628 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 11629 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 11630 } 11631 11632 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 11633 bool IsInstantiation) { 11634 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 11635 11636 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 11637 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 11638 11639 if (getLangOpts().CoroutinesTS && !getCurFunction()->CoroutineStmts.empty()) 11640 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 11641 11642 if (FD) { 11643 FD->setBody(Body); 11644 11645 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 11646 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 11647 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11648 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 11649 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 11650 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 11651 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 11652 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 11653 << FD->getReturnType(); 11654 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11655 } else { 11656 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 11657 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 11658 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 11659 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 11660 } 11661 } 11662 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 11663 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 11664 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 11665 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 11666 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 11667 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 11668 11669 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 11670 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 11671 // [the deduced type is] the type void 11672 QualType RetType = 11673 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 11674 11675 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 11676 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 11677 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 11678 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 11679 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 11680 } 11681 } 11682 11683 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 11684 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 11685 // is the first declaration. 11686 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 11687 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 11688 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11689 else if (FD->isInlined() && 11690 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 11691 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 11692 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 11693 } 11694 11695 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 11696 // don't complain about missing return statements. 11697 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 11698 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 11699 11700 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 11701 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 11702 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 11703 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 11704 11705 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11706 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 11707 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 11708 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 11709 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 11710 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 11711 11712 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 11713 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 11714 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 11715 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 11716 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 11717 11718 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 11719 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 11720 // to deduce an implicit return type. 11721 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 11722 !FD->isDependentContext()) 11723 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11724 } 11725 11726 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 11727 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 11728 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 11729 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 11730 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 11731 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 11732 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 11733 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 11734 11735 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 11736 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 11737 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 11738 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 11739 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 11740 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 11741 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 11742 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 11743 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 11744 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 11745 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 11746 } 11747 } 11748 } 11749 11750 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 11751 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 11752 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 11753 MD->isVirtual() && 11754 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 11755 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 11756 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 11757 if (FD->isInlined() && 11758 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 11759 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 11760 11761 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 11762 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 11763 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 11764 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 11765 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 11766 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11767 } else { 11768 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 11769 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 11770 } 11771 } 11772 } 11773 11774 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 11775 "Function parsing confused"); 11776 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 11777 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 11778 MD->setBody(Body); 11779 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11780 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->parameters()); 11781 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 11782 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 11783 11784 if (Body) 11785 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11786 } 11787 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11788 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11789 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11790 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11791 } 11792 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11793 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11794 bool isDesignated = 11795 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11796 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11797 (void)isDesignated; 11798 11799 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11800 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11801 if (!IFace) 11802 return false; 11803 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11804 if (!SuperD) 11805 return false; 11806 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11807 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11808 }; 11809 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11810 // of NSObject. 11811 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11812 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11813 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11814 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11815 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11816 } 11817 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11818 } 11819 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11820 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11821 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11822 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11823 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11824 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11825 } 11826 } else { 11827 return nullptr; 11828 } 11829 11830 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 11831 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 11832 11833 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11834 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11835 "handled in the block above."); 11836 11837 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11838 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11839 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11840 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11841 // Verify this. 11842 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11843 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11844 11845 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11846 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11847 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11848 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11849 11850 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11851 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11852 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11853 11854 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11855 Destructor->getParent()); 11856 } 11857 11858 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11859 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11860 // deletion in some later function. 11861 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11862 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11863 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11864 } 11865 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11866 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11867 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11868 // enabled. 11869 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11870 } 11871 11872 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11873 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11874 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11875 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11876 11877 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11878 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11879 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 11880 // require prologue. 11881 bool RegisterVariables = false; 11882 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 11883 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 11884 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 11885 RegisterVariables = 11886 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 11887 if (!RegisterVariables) 11888 break; 11889 } 11890 } 11891 } 11892 if (RegisterVariables) 11893 continue; 11894 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11895 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11896 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11897 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11898 break; 11899 } 11900 } 11901 } 11902 11903 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11904 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11905 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11906 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11907 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11908 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11909 } 11910 11911 if (!IsInstantiation) 11912 PopDeclContext(); 11913 11914 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11915 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11916 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11917 // deletion in some later function. 11918 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11919 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11920 } 11921 11922 return dcl; 11923 } 11924 11925 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11926 /// relevant Decl. 11927 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11928 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11929 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11930 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11931 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11932 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11933 11934 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11935 if (Method->isStatic()) 11936 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11937 } 11938 11939 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11940 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11941 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11942 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11943 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11944 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11945 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11946 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11947 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11948 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11949 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11950 return ExternCPrev; 11951 } 11952 11953 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11954 unsigned diag_id; 11955 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11956 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11957 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11958 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11959 else 11960 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11961 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11962 11963 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11964 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11965 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11966 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11967 if (S && 11968 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11969 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11970 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11971 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11972 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11973 } 11974 11975 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11976 const char *Dummy; 11977 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11978 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11979 unsigned DiagID; 11980 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11981 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11982 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11983 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11984 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11985 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11986 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11987 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11988 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11989 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11990 /*NumParams=*/0, 11991 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11992 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11993 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11994 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11995 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11996 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11997 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11998 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11999 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 12000 EST_None, 12001 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 12002 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 12003 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 12004 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 12005 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 12006 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 12007 Loc, Loc, D), 12008 DS.getAttributes(), 12009 SourceLocation()); 12010 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 12011 12012 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 12013 12014 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 12015 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 12016 12017 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 12018 FD->setImplicit(); 12019 12020 CurContext = PrevDC; 12021 12022 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 12023 12024 return FD; 12025 } 12026 12027 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 12028 /// the declaration of this function. 12029 /// 12030 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 12031 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 12032 /// like NSLog or printf. 12033 /// 12034 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 12035 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 12036 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 12037 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 12038 return; 12039 12040 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 12041 // actual attributes. 12042 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 12043 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 12044 unsigned FormatIdx; 12045 bool HasVAListArg; 12046 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 12047 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 12048 const char *fmt = "printf"; 12049 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 12050 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 12051 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 12052 fmt = "NSString"; 12053 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12054 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 12055 FormatIdx+1, 12056 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12057 FD->getLocation())); 12058 } 12059 } 12060 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 12061 HasVAListArg)) { 12062 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12063 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12064 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 12065 FormatIdx+1, 12066 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 12067 FD->getLocation())); 12068 } 12069 12070 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 12071 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 12072 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 12073 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 12074 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 12075 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12076 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12077 } 12078 12079 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 12080 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 12081 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12082 FD->getLocation())); 12083 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 12084 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12085 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 12086 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12087 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 12088 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12089 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 12090 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 12091 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 12092 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 12093 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 12094 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 12095 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 12096 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12097 else 12098 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12099 } 12100 } 12101 12102 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 12103 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 12104 // across. 12105 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 12106 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 12107 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 12108 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 12109 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 12110 } 12111 12112 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 12113 if (!Name) 12114 return; 12115 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12116 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 12117 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 12118 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 12119 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 12120 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 12121 // about. 12122 } else 12123 return; 12124 12125 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 12126 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 12127 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 12128 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 12129 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12130 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 12131 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 12132 FD->getLocation())); 12133 } 12134 12135 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 12136 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 12137 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 12138 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 12139 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 12140 FD->getLocation())); 12141 } 12142 } 12143 12144 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 12145 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 12146 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 12147 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 12148 12149 if (!TInfo) { 12150 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 12151 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 12152 } 12153 12154 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 12155 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12156 D.getLocStart(), 12157 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 12158 D.getIdentifier(), 12159 TInfo); 12160 12161 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 12162 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 12163 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 12164 return NewTD; 12165 } 12166 12167 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 12168 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12169 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 12170 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 12171 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 12172 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 12173 else 12174 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 12175 } 12176 12177 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 12178 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 12179 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 12180 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 12181 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 12182 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 12183 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 12184 case TST_enum: 12185 case TST_struct: 12186 case TST_interface: 12187 case TST_union: 12188 case TST_class: { 12189 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 12190 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 12191 break; 12192 } 12193 12194 default: 12195 break; 12196 } 12197 12198 return NewTD; 12199 } 12200 12201 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 12202 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 12203 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 12204 QualType T = TI->getType(); 12205 12206 if (T->isDependentType()) 12207 return false; 12208 12209 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 12210 if (BT->isInteger()) 12211 return false; 12212 12213 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 12214 return true; 12215 } 12216 12217 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 12218 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 12219 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration( 12220 SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 12221 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, const EnumDecl *Prev) { 12222 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 12223 12224 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 12225 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 12226 << Prev->isScoped(); 12227 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12228 return true; 12229 } 12230 12231 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 12232 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 12233 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 12234 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 12235 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 12236 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 12237 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 12238 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 12239 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 12240 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 12241 return true; 12242 } 12243 } else if (IsFixed && !Prev->isFixed() && EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit) { 12244 ; 12245 } else if (!IsFixed && Prev->isFixed() && !Prev->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo()) { 12246 ; 12247 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 12248 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 12249 << Prev->isFixed(); 12250 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12251 return true; 12252 } 12253 12254 return false; 12255 } 12256 12257 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 12258 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 12259 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 12260 /// 12261 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 12262 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 12263 switch (Tag) { 12264 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 12265 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 12266 case TTK_Class: return 2; 12267 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 12268 } 12269 } 12270 12271 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 12272 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 12273 /// 12274 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 12275 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 12276 { 12277 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 12278 } 12279 12280 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl) { 12281 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12282 return NTK_Typedef; 12283 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12284 return NTK_TypeAlias; 12285 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12286 return NTK_Template; 12287 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12288 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 12289 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12290 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 12291 return NTK_Unknown; 12292 } 12293 12294 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 12295 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 12296 /// 12297 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 12298 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 12299 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 12300 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 12301 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 12302 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 12303 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 12304 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 12305 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 12306 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 12307 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 12308 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 12309 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 12310 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 12311 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 12312 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 12313 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 12314 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 12315 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 12316 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 12317 if (OldTag == NewTag) 12318 return true; 12319 12320 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 12321 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 12322 bool isTemplate = false; 12323 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 12324 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12325 12326 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 12327 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 12328 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 12329 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12330 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12331 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12332 return true; 12333 } 12334 12335 if (isDefinition) { 12336 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 12337 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 12338 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12339 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 12340 return true; 12341 } 12342 12343 bool previousMismatch = false; 12344 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 12345 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 12346 if (!previousMismatch) { 12347 previousMismatch = true; 12348 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 12349 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12350 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 12351 } 12352 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12353 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 12354 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 12355 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 12356 } 12357 } 12358 return true; 12359 } 12360 12361 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 12362 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 12363 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 12364 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 12365 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 12366 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 12367 return true; 12368 } 12369 12370 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 12371 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 12372 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 12373 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12374 12375 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 12376 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 12377 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 12378 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 12379 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 12380 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 12381 } 12382 12383 return true; 12384 } 12385 return false; 12386 } 12387 12388 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 12389 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 12390 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 12391 /// namespace N { 12392 /// struct X; 12393 /// namespace M { 12394 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 12395 /// } 12396 /// } 12397 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 12398 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 12399 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 12400 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 12401 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 12402 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 12403 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12404 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 12405 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 12406 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 12407 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 12408 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 12409 return FixItHint(); 12410 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 12411 Namespaces.push_back(II); 12412 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 12413 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 12414 if (Lookup == Namespace) 12415 break; 12416 } 12417 12418 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 12419 // build an NNS. 12420 SmallString<64> Insertion; 12421 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 12422 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 12423 OS << "::"; 12424 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 12425 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 12426 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 12427 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 12428 } 12429 12430 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 12431 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 12432 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 12433 /// using-declaration). 12434 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 12435 DeclContext *NewDC) { 12436 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 12437 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 12438 12439 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 12440 return true; 12441 12442 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 12443 // encloses the other). 12444 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 12445 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 12446 return true; 12447 12448 return false; 12449 } 12450 12451 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12452 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12453 /// nothing. 12454 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12455 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12456 DC = DC->getParent(); 12457 return DC; 12458 } 12459 12460 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 12461 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 12462 /// nothing. 12463 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 12464 while (S->isClassScope() || 12465 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 12466 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 12467 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 12468 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 12469 S = S->getParent(); 12470 return S; 12471 } 12472 12473 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 12474 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 12475 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 12476 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 12477 /// 12478 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 12479 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 12480 /// 12481 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 12482 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 12483 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 12484 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 12485 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 12486 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 12487 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 12488 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 12489 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 12490 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 12491 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 12492 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 12493 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 12494 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 12495 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 12496 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 12497 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 12498 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 12499 12500 OwnedDecl = false; 12501 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 12502 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 12503 12504 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 12505 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 12506 bool Invalid = false; 12507 12508 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 12509 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 12510 // for non-C++ cases. 12511 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 12512 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 12513 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 12514 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 12515 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 12516 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 12517 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12518 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 12519 return nullptr; 12520 } 12521 12522 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 12523 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 12524 // be a member of another template). 12525 12526 if (Invalid) 12527 return nullptr; 12528 12529 OwnedDecl = false; 12530 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 12531 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 12532 TemplateParams, AS, 12533 ModulePrivateLoc, 12534 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 12535 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 12536 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 12537 SkipBody); 12538 return Result.get(); 12539 } else { 12540 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 12541 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 12542 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 12543 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 12544 } 12545 } 12546 } 12547 12548 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 12549 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 12550 // redeclaration. 12551 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 12552 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = false; 12553 12554 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12555 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 12556 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 12557 // type, default to int. 12558 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12559 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 12560 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 12561 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 12562 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 12563 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 12564 EnumUnderlying = TI; 12565 12566 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 12567 // Recover by falling back to int. 12568 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12569 12570 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 12571 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 12572 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12573 12574 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12575 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat || TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12576 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 12577 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 12578 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit = true; 12579 } 12580 } 12581 } 12582 12583 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 12584 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 12585 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 12586 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 12587 12588 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 12589 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 12590 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 12591 12592 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 12593 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12594 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 12595 12596 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 12597 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 12598 Name = nullptr; 12599 goto CreateNewDecl; 12600 } 12601 12602 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 12603 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 12604 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12605 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 12606 if (!DC) { 12607 IsDependent = true; 12608 return nullptr; 12609 } 12610 } else { 12611 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 12612 if (!DC) { 12613 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 12614 << SS.getRange(); 12615 return nullptr; 12616 } 12617 } 12618 12619 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 12620 return nullptr; 12621 12622 SearchDC = DC; 12623 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 12624 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 12625 12626 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12627 return nullptr; 12628 12629 if (Previous.empty()) { 12630 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 12631 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 12632 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 12633 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 12634 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 12635 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 12636 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 12637 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12638 IsDependent = true; 12639 return nullptr; 12640 } 12641 12642 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 12643 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 12644 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 12645 Name = nullptr; 12646 Invalid = true; 12647 goto CreateNewDecl; 12648 } 12649 } else if (Name) { 12650 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 12651 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 12652 // name different from T: 12653 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 12654 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12655 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 12656 return nullptr; 12657 12658 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 12659 // declaration or definition. 12660 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 12661 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 12662 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 12663 LookupName(Previous, S); 12664 12665 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 12666 // by types using'ed into this scope. 12667 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 12668 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 12669 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12670 while (F.hasNext()) { 12671 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12672 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 12673 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 12674 F.erase(); 12675 } 12676 F.done(); 12677 } 12678 12679 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 12680 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 12681 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 12682 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 12683 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 12684 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 12685 // 12686 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 12687 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 12688 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 12689 // 12690 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 12691 // semantic context? 12692 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12693 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12694 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 12695 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 12696 while (F.hasNext()) { 12697 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 12698 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12699 if (DC->isFileContext() && 12700 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 12701 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12702 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 12703 else 12704 F.erase(); 12705 } 12706 } 12707 F.done(); 12708 12709 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 12710 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 12711 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 12712 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12713 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 12714 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 12715 } 12716 } 12717 12718 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 12719 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 12720 return nullptr; 12721 12722 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 12723 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 12724 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 12725 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 12726 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 12727 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 12728 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 12729 } 12730 } 12731 12732 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 12733 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 12734 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12735 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12736 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12737 Previous.clear(); 12738 } 12739 12740 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 12741 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 12742 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 12743 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 12744 isStdBadAlloc = true; 12745 12746 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 12747 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 12748 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 12749 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 12750 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 12751 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 12752 isStdAlignValT = true; 12753 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 12754 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 12755 } 12756 } 12757 12758 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 12759 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 12760 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 12761 // there's a shadow friend decl. 12762 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 12763 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 12764 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 12765 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 12766 12767 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12768 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 12769 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 12770 // 12771 // class-key identifier 12772 // 12773 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 12774 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 12775 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 12776 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 12777 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 12778 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 12779 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 12780 // declaration. 12781 // 12782 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 12783 // C structs and unions. 12784 // 12785 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 12786 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 12787 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 12788 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 12789 // 12790 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 12791 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 12792 // 12793 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 12794 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 12795 // lexical context, 12796 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 12797 12798 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 12799 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12800 } else { 12801 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 12802 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 12803 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 12804 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 12805 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 12806 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 12807 } 12808 12809 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 12810 // diagnose some problems. 12811 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 12812 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 12813 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 12814 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 12815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12816 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12817 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 12818 } else { 12819 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 12820 LookupName(Previous, S); 12821 } 12822 } 12823 12824 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 12825 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 12826 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 12827 12828 if (!Previous.empty()) { 12829 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 12830 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12831 12832 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 12833 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 12834 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 12835 // in C++. 12836 // 12837 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 12838 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 12839 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 12840 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 12841 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12842 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12843 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 12844 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 12845 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 12846 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 12847 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 12848 PrevDecl = Tag; 12849 Previous.clear(); 12850 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 12851 Previous.resolveKind(); 12852 } 12853 } 12854 } 12855 } 12856 12857 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 12858 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 12859 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 12860 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 12861 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 12862 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 12863 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 12864 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 12865 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 12866 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 12867 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 12868 diag::note_using_decl_target); 12869 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 12870 << 0; 12871 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 12872 Previous.clear(); 12873 goto CreateNewDecl; 12874 } 12875 } 12876 12877 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12878 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12879 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12880 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12881 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12882 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12883 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12884 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12885 // struct or something similar. 12886 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12887 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12888 Name)) { 12889 bool SafeToContinue 12890 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12891 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12892 if (SafeToContinue) 12893 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12894 << Name 12895 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12896 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12897 else 12898 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12899 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12900 12901 if (SafeToContinue) 12902 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12903 else { 12904 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12905 Name = nullptr; 12906 Previous.clear(); 12907 Invalid = true; 12908 } 12909 } 12910 12911 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12912 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12913 12914 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12915 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12916 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12917 if (ScopedEnum) 12918 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12919 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12920 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12921 return PrevTagDecl; 12922 } 12923 12924 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12925 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12926 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12927 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12928 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12929 12930 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12931 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12932 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12933 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12934 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 12935 EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit, PrevEnum)) 12936 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12937 } 12938 12939 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12940 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12941 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12942 // and then later defined. 12943 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12944 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12945 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12946 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12947 } 12948 12949 if (!Invalid) { 12950 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12951 // we have attributes. 12952 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12953 if (Attr) { 12954 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 12955 // declaration to hold them. 12956 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 12957 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 12958 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 12959 PP.getModuleContainingLocation( 12960 PrevDecl->getLocation()) != 12961 PP.getModuleContainingLocation(KWLoc)) && 12962 SS.isEmpty()) { 12963 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 12964 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 12965 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 12966 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 12967 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 12968 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 12969 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 12970 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 12971 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12972 return PrevTagDecl; 12973 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 12974 // that scope. 12975 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 12976 } else { 12977 return PrevTagDecl; 12978 } 12979 } 12980 12981 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12982 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12983 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12984 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12985 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12986 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12987 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12988 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12989 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12990 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12991 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12992 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12993 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12994 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12995 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12996 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12997 } 12998 12999 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 13000 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13001 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 13002 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 13003 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 13004 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 13005 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 13006 // use it in place of this one. 13007 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13008 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 13009 return Def; 13010 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 13011 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 13012 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 13013 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 13014 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 13015 else 13016 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 13017 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13018 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 13019 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 13020 // references get the previous definition. 13021 Name = nullptr; 13022 Previous.clear(); 13023 Invalid = true; 13024 } 13025 } else { 13026 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 13027 // about a nested redefinition. 13028 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 13029 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 13030 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 13031 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 13032 diag::note_previous_definition); 13033 Name = nullptr; 13034 Previous.clear(); 13035 Invalid = true; 13036 } 13037 } 13038 13039 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 13040 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 13041 } 13042 13043 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 13044 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 13045 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 13046 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 13047 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 13048 AS = AS_none; 13049 } 13050 } 13051 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 13052 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 13053 13054 } else { 13055 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 13056 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 13057 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 13058 // have distinct types. 13059 Previous.clear(); 13060 } 13061 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 13062 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 13063 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 13064 13065 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 13066 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 13067 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 13068 } else { 13069 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 13070 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 13071 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 13072 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 13073 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 13074 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl); 13075 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << NTK; 13076 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 13077 Invalid = true; 13078 13079 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 13080 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 13081 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 13082 // do nothing 13083 13084 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 13085 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13086 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl); 13087 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 13088 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13089 Invalid = true; 13090 13091 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 13092 // case here. 13093 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13094 unsigned Kind = 0; 13095 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 13096 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 13097 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 13098 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 13099 Invalid = true; 13100 13101 // Otherwise, diagnose. 13102 } else { 13103 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 13104 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 13105 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 13106 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13107 Name = nullptr; 13108 Invalid = true; 13109 } 13110 13111 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 13112 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 13113 Previous.clear(); 13114 } 13115 } 13116 13117 CreateNewDecl: 13118 13119 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13120 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 13121 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 13122 13123 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 13124 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 13125 // keyword. 13126 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 13127 13128 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 13129 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 13130 // PrevDecl. 13131 TagDecl *New; 13132 13133 bool IsForwardReference = false; 13134 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 13135 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13136 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 13137 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13138 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 13139 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 13140 13141 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 13142 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13143 13144 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 13145 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 13146 TagDecl *Def; 13147 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 13148 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 13149 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 13150 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 13151 } 13152 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 13153 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 13154 << New; 13155 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13156 } else { 13157 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 13158 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 13159 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 13160 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13161 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 13162 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 13163 13164 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 13165 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 13166 // the declaration context. 13167 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 13168 IsForwardReference = true; 13169 } 13170 } 13171 13172 if (EnumUnderlying) { 13173 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 13174 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 13175 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 13176 else 13177 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 13178 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 13179 } 13180 } else { 13181 // struct/union/class 13182 13183 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 13184 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 13185 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13186 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 13187 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13188 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13189 13190 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 13191 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 13192 } else 13193 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 13194 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 13195 } 13196 13197 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 13198 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 13199 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13200 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 13201 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13202 Invalid = true; 13203 } 13204 13205 // Maybe add qualifier info. 13206 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 13207 if (SS.isSet()) { 13208 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 13209 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 13210 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 13211 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 13212 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 13213 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 13214 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 13215 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 13216 Invalid = true; 13217 13218 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 13219 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 13220 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 13221 } 13222 } 13223 else 13224 Invalid = true; 13225 } 13226 13227 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 13228 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 13229 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 13230 // 13231 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 13232 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 13233 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 13234 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 13235 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 13236 // parsing of the struct). 13237 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 13238 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 13239 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 13240 } 13241 } 13242 13243 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 13244 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 13245 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 13246 << 2 13247 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 13248 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 13249 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 13250 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 13251 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13252 New->setModulePrivate(); 13253 } 13254 13255 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 13256 // check the specialization. 13257 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 13258 Invalid = true; 13259 13260 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 13261 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 13262 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 13263 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 13264 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 13265 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13266 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 13267 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 13268 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 13269 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 13270 << Name; 13271 Invalid = true; 13272 } 13273 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 13274 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 13275 } 13276 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 13277 } 13278 13279 if (Invalid) 13280 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13281 13282 if (Attr) 13283 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13284 13285 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 13286 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 13287 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 13288 13289 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 13290 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 13291 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 13292 // the tag name visible. 13293 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 13294 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 13295 13296 // Set the access specifier. 13297 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 13298 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 13299 13300 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 13301 New->startDefinition(); 13302 13303 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13304 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 13305 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 13306 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 13307 if (PrevDecl) 13308 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 13309 13310 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 13311 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13312 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 13313 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 13314 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 13315 } else if (Name) { 13316 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13317 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 13318 if (IsForwardReference) 13319 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 13320 } else { 13321 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13322 } 13323 13324 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 13325 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 13326 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 13327 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 13328 II->isStr("FILE")) 13329 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 13330 13331 if (PrevDecl) 13332 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 13333 13334 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13335 // record. 13336 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 13337 13338 OwnedDecl = true; 13339 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 13340 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 13341 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 13342 } 13343 13344 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13345 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13346 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13347 13348 // Enter the tag context. 13349 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 13350 13351 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 13352 13353 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 13354 // record. 13355 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 13356 } 13357 13358 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 13359 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 13360 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 13361 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 13362 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 13363 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 13364 CurContext = OCD; 13365 return IDecl; 13366 } 13367 13368 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13369 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 13370 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 13371 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 13372 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13373 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 13374 13375 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 13376 13377 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 13378 return; 13379 13380 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 13381 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 13382 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 13383 13384 // C++ [class]p2: 13385 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 13386 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 13387 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 13388 // as if it were a public member name. 13389 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 13390 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 13391 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 13392 Record->getIdentifier(), 13393 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 13394 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 13395 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 13396 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 13397 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 13398 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 13399 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 13400 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 13401 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 13402 "Broken injected-class-name"); 13403 } 13404 13405 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 13406 SourceRange BraceRange) { 13407 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13408 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13409 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 13410 13411 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13412 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13413 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 13414 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13415 RD->completeDefinition(); 13416 } 13417 13418 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 13419 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 13420 13421 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 13422 PopDeclContext(); 13423 13424 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13425 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 13426 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 13427 13428 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 13429 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 13430 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 13431 } 13432 13433 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 13434 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 13435 PopDeclContext(); 13436 } 13437 13438 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13439 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 13440 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 13441 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 13442 } 13443 13444 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 13445 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 13446 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 13447 } 13448 13449 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 13450 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 13451 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 13452 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 13453 13454 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 13455 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 13456 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 13457 RD->completeDefinition(); 13458 } 13459 13460 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 13461 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 13462 // the FieldCollector. 13463 13464 PopDeclContext(); 13465 } 13466 13467 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 13468 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 13469 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 13470 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 13471 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 13472 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 13473 if (ZeroWidth) 13474 *ZeroWidth = true; 13475 13476 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 13477 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 13478 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 13479 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 13480 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 13481 return ExprError(); 13482 if (FieldName) 13483 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 13484 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13485 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 13486 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 13487 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 13488 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 13489 return ExprError(); 13490 13491 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 13492 // it now. 13493 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 13494 return BitWidth; 13495 13496 llvm::APSInt Value; 13497 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 13498 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 13499 return ICE; 13500 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 13501 13502 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 13503 *ZeroWidth = false; 13504 13505 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 13506 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 13507 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 13508 13509 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 13510 if (FieldName) 13511 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13512 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 13513 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 13514 << Value.toString(10); 13515 } 13516 13517 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 13518 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 13519 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 13520 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 13521 13522 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 13523 // ABI. 13524 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 13525 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13526 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 13527 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 13528 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 13529 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 13530 unsigned DiagWidth = 13531 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 13532 if (FieldName) 13533 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13534 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13535 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 13536 13537 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13538 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 13539 << DiagWidth; 13540 } 13541 13542 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 13543 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 13544 // 'bool'. 13545 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 13546 if (FieldName) 13547 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13548 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 13549 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13550 else 13551 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 13552 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 13553 } 13554 } 13555 13556 return BitWidth; 13557 } 13558 13559 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 13560 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 13561 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 13562 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 13563 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 13564 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 13565 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 13566 return Res; 13567 } 13568 13569 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 13570 /// 13571 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 13572 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13573 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 13574 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13575 AccessSpecifier AS) { 13576 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 13577 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 13578 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 13579 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 13580 return nullptr; 13581 } 13582 13583 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13584 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13585 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13586 13587 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13588 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13589 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13590 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13591 13592 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 13593 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 13594 D.setInvalidType(); 13595 T = Context.IntTy; 13596 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 13597 } 13598 } 13599 13600 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 13601 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 13602 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 13603 D.setInvalidType(); 13604 } 13605 13606 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 13607 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 13608 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || 13609 T->isSamplerT() || T->isBlockPointerType())) { 13610 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 13611 D.setInvalidType(); 13612 } 13613 13614 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 13615 13616 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 13617 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13618 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1z; 13619 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13620 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13621 diag::err_invalid_thread) 13622 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13623 13624 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 13625 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 13626 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 13627 LookupName(Previous, S); 13628 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 13629 case LookupResult::Found: 13630 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 13631 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 13632 break; 13633 13634 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 13635 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 13636 break; 13637 13638 case LookupResult::NotFound: 13639 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 13640 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 13641 break; 13642 } 13643 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 13644 13645 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13646 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13647 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13648 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13649 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13650 } 13651 13652 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 13653 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13654 13655 bool Mutable 13656 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 13657 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 13658 FieldDecl *NewFD 13659 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 13660 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 13661 13662 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 13663 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13664 13665 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13666 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 13667 13668 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 13669 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 13670 // with the same name in the same scope. 13671 } else if (II) { 13672 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 13673 } else 13674 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 13675 13676 return NewFD; 13677 } 13678 13679 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 13680 /// 13681 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 13682 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 13683 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 13684 /// created. 13685 /// 13686 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 13687 /// 13688 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 13689 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 13690 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 13691 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 13692 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 13693 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 13694 SourceLocation TSSL, 13695 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 13696 Declarator *D) { 13697 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 13698 bool InvalidDecl = false; 13699 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 13700 13701 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 13702 // marking this declaration as invalid. 13703 if (T.isNull()) { 13704 InvalidDecl = true; 13705 T = Context.IntTy; 13706 } 13707 13708 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 13709 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13710 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13711 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 13712 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13713 InvalidDecl = true; 13714 } else { 13715 NamedDecl *Def; 13716 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 13717 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 13718 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13719 InvalidDecl = true; 13720 } 13721 } 13722 } 13723 13724 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 13725 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 13726 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 13727 InvalidDecl = true; 13728 } 13729 13730 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13731 // than a variably modified type. 13732 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13733 bool SizeIsNegative; 13734 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 13735 13736 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 13737 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 13738 SizeIsNegative, 13739 Oversized); 13740 if (FixedTInfo) { 13741 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 13742 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 13743 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 13744 } else { 13745 if (SizeIsNegative) 13746 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 13747 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 13748 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 13749 << Oversized.toString(10); 13750 else 13751 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 13752 InvalidDecl = true; 13753 } 13754 } 13755 13756 // Fields can not have abstract class types 13757 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 13758 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13759 AbstractFieldType)) 13760 InvalidDecl = true; 13761 13762 bool ZeroWidth = false; 13763 if (InvalidDecl) 13764 BitWidth = nullptr; 13765 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 13766 if (BitWidth) { 13767 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 13768 &ZeroWidth).get(); 13769 if (!BitWidth) { 13770 InvalidDecl = true; 13771 BitWidth = nullptr; 13772 ZeroWidth = false; 13773 } 13774 } 13775 13776 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 13777 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 13778 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13779 if (T->isReferenceType()) 13780 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 13781 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 13782 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 13783 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 13784 13785 if (DiagID) { 13786 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 13787 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 13788 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 13789 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 13790 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 13791 Mutable = false; 13792 InvalidDecl = true; 13793 } 13794 } 13795 } 13796 13797 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 13798 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 13799 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 13800 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 13801 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 13802 13803 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 13804 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 13805 if (InvalidDecl) 13806 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13807 13808 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13809 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13810 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13812 } 13813 13814 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13815 if (Record->isUnion()) { 13816 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13817 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13818 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13819 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 13820 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 13821 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 13822 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 13823 // objects. 13824 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 13825 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13826 } 13827 } 13828 13829 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 13830 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 13831 // enabled. 13832 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 13833 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 13834 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 13835 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 13836 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 13837 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 13838 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13839 } 13840 } 13841 } 13842 13843 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 13844 // representation, not a parser representation. 13845 if (D) { 13846 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 13847 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 13848 13849 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 13850 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 13851 } 13852 13853 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 13854 // retainable type. 13855 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 13856 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 13857 13858 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 13859 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 13860 13861 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 13862 return NewFD; 13863 } 13864 13865 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 13866 assert(FD); 13867 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 13868 13869 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 13870 return false; 13871 13872 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13873 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13874 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 13875 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 13876 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 13877 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 13878 // copy constructors. 13879 13880 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 13881 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 13882 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 13883 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 13884 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 13885 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 13886 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 13887 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 13888 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 13889 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 13890 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 13891 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 13892 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 13893 member = CXXDestructor; 13894 13895 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 13896 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 13897 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 13898 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 13899 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 13900 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 13901 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 13902 // members unavailable. 13903 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 13904 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13905 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13906 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 13907 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 13908 return false; 13909 } 13910 } 13911 13912 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13913 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13914 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13915 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13916 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13917 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13918 } 13919 } 13920 } 13921 13922 return false; 13923 } 13924 13925 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13926 /// AST enum value. 13927 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13928 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13929 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13930 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13931 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13932 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13933 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13934 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13935 } 13936 } 13937 13938 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13939 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13940 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13941 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13942 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13943 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13944 13945 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13946 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13947 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13948 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13949 13950 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13951 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13952 13953 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13954 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13955 13956 if (BitWidth) { 13957 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13958 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13959 if (!BitWidth) 13960 D.setInvalidType(); 13961 } else { 13962 // Not a bitfield. 13963 13964 // validate II. 13965 13966 } 13967 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13969 D.setInvalidType(); 13970 } 13971 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13972 // than a variably modified type. 13973 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13974 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13975 D.setInvalidType(); 13976 } 13977 13978 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13979 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13980 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13981 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13982 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13983 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13984 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13985 return nullptr; 13986 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13987 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13988 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13989 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13990 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13991 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13992 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13993 } 13994 else 13995 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13996 } else { 13997 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13998 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13999 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 14000 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 14001 return nullptr; 14002 } 14003 } 14004 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 14005 } 14006 14007 // Construct the decl. 14008 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 14009 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 14010 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 14011 14012 if (II) { 14013 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 14014 ForRedeclaration); 14015 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 14016 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 14017 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 14018 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14019 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14020 } 14021 } 14022 14023 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 14024 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 14025 14026 if (D.isInvalidType()) 14027 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14028 14029 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 14030 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 14031 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 14032 14033 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 14034 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 14035 14036 if (II) { 14037 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 14038 // these to the interface. 14039 S->AddDecl(NewID); 14040 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 14041 } 14042 14043 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 14044 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 14045 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 14046 14047 return NewID; 14048 } 14049 14050 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 14051 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 14052 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 14053 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 14054 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 14055 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 14056 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 14057 return; 14058 14059 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 14060 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 14061 14062 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 14063 return; 14064 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 14065 if (!ID) { 14066 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 14067 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 14068 return; 14069 } 14070 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 14071 else 14072 return; 14073 } 14074 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 14075 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 14076 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 14077 14078 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 14079 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 14080 Context.CharTy, 14081 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 14082 DeclLoc), 14083 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 14084 true); 14085 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 14086 } 14087 14088 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 14089 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 14090 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 14091 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 14092 14093 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 14094 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 14095 // it will now change. 14096 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14097 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14098 switch (DC->getKind()) { 14099 default: break; 14100 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 14101 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14102 break; 14103 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 14104 Context. 14105 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 14106 break; 14107 } 14108 } 14109 14110 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 14111 14112 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 14113 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 14114 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 14115 if (Record) { 14116 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 14117 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 14118 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 14119 ++NumNamedMembers; 14120 } 14121 } 14122 14123 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 14124 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 14125 14126 bool ARCErrReported = false; 14127 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 14128 i != end; ++i) { 14129 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 14130 14131 // Get the type for the field. 14132 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 14133 14134 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 14135 // Remember all fields written by the user. 14136 RecFields.push_back(FD); 14137 } 14138 14139 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 14140 // diagnostics about it. 14141 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14142 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14143 continue; 14144 } 14145 14146 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 14147 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 14148 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 14149 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 14150 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 14151 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 14152 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 14153 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 14154 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 14155 // array. 14156 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 14157 // Field declared as a function. 14158 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 14159 << FD->getDeclName(); 14160 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14161 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14162 continue; 14163 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 14164 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 14165 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 14166 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 14167 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 14168 // Flexible array member. 14169 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 14170 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 14171 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 14172 unsigned DiagID = 0; 14173 if (Record->isUnion()) 14174 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14175 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 14176 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14177 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 14178 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 14179 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 14180 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 14181 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 14182 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 14183 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 14184 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 14185 14186 if (DiagID) 14187 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 14188 << Record->getTagKind(); 14189 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 14190 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 14191 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 14192 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 14193 // of the type. 14194 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 14195 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 14196 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 14197 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14198 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 14199 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 14200 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 14201 14202 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 14203 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 14204 // 14205 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 14206 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 14207 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14208 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 14209 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 14210 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14211 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14212 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14213 continue; 14214 } 14215 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 14216 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14217 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 14218 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14219 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 14220 // Incomplete type 14221 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14222 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 14223 continue; 14224 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 14225 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 14226 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 14227 // flexible array member. 14228 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 14229 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 14230 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 14231 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 14232 // structures. 14233 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 14234 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 14235 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 14236 else { 14237 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 14238 // other structs as an extension. 14239 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 14240 << FD->getDeclName(); 14241 } 14242 } 14243 } 14244 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 14245 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 14246 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 14247 AbstractIvarType)) { 14248 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 14249 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14250 } 14251 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14252 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14253 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 14254 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14255 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 14256 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 14257 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 14258 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 14259 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 14260 FD->setType(T); 14261 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 14262 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 14263 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 14264 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 14265 // so we just make the field unavailable. 14266 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 14267 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 14268 QualType T = FD->getType(); 14269 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 14270 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 14271 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 14272 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 14273 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 14274 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 14275 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, loc)); 14276 } 14277 } else { 14278 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 14279 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 14280 } 14281 ARCErrReported = true; 14282 } 14283 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 14284 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 14285 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 14286 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14287 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 14288 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14289 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 14290 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 14291 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 14292 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 14293 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14294 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 14295 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 14296 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 14297 } 14298 } 14299 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 14300 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 14301 // Keep track of the number of named members. 14302 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 14303 ++NumNamedMembers; 14304 } 14305 14306 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 14307 if (Record) { 14308 bool Completed = false; 14309 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14310 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14311 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 14312 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 14313 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 14314 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 14315 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 14316 } 14317 14318 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 14319 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 14320 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 14321 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 14322 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 14323 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 14324 } 14325 14326 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 14327 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 14328 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 14329 14330 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 14331 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 14332 // problem now. 14333 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 14334 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 14335 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 14336 14337 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 14338 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 14339 M != MEnd; ++M) { 14340 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 14341 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 14342 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 14343 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 14344 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 14345 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 14346 continue; 14347 14348 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 14349 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 14350 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 14351 // program is ill-formed. 14352 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 14353 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 14354 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 14355 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 14356 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 14357 OM = SO->second.begin(), 14358 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 14359 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 14360 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 14361 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 14362 14363 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 14364 } 14365 } 14366 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 14367 Completed = true; 14368 } 14369 } 14370 } 14371 } 14372 14373 if (!Completed) 14374 Record->completeDefinition(); 14375 14376 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 14377 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 14378 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 14379 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 14380 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) 14381 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 14382 } 14383 14384 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 14385 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 14386 14387 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 14388 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 14389 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 14390 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 14391 } 14392 14393 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 14394 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 14395 // compatibility problems. 14396 bool CheckForZeroSize; 14397 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14398 CheckForZeroSize = true; 14399 } else { 14400 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 14401 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 14402 CheckForZeroSize = 14403 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 14404 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 14405 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 14406 } 14407 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 14408 bool ZeroSize = true; 14409 bool IsEmpty = true; 14410 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 14411 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 14412 E = Record->field_end(); 14413 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 14414 IsEmpty = false; 14415 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 14416 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 14417 ZeroSize = false; 14418 } else { 14419 ++NonBitFields; 14420 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 14421 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 14422 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 14423 ZeroSize = false; 14424 } 14425 } 14426 14427 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 14428 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 14429 // extern "C" block. 14430 if (ZeroSize) { 14431 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 14432 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 14433 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 14434 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 14435 } 14436 14437 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 14438 // but are accepted by GCC. 14439 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14440 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 14441 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 14442 << Record->isUnion(); 14443 } 14444 } 14445 } else { 14446 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 14447 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 14448 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14449 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 14450 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 14451 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14452 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 14453 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14454 } 14455 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 14456 // duplicates. 14457 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 14458 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 14459 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 14460 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14461 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 14462 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 14463 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 14464 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 14465 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 14466 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 14467 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14468 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14469 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 14470 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 14471 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 14472 // reported as errors elsewhere. 14473 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 14474 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 14475 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 14476 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 14477 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 14478 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14479 if (IDecl) { 14480 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 14481 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14482 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14483 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14484 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14485 continue; 14486 } 14487 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 14488 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 14489 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 14490 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 14491 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 14492 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14493 continue; 14494 } 14495 } 14496 } 14497 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 14498 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 14499 } 14500 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 14501 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 14502 } 14503 } 14504 14505 if (Attr) 14506 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 14507 } 14508 14509 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 14510 /// the given type T. 14511 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 14512 llvm::APSInt &Value, 14513 QualType T) { 14514 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14515 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 14516 14517 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 14518 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 14519 --BitWidth; 14520 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 14521 } 14522 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 14523 } 14524 14525 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 14526 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 14527 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 14528 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 14529 // enum checking below. 14530 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 14531 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 14532 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14533 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 14534 }; 14535 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 14536 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 14537 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 14538 }; 14539 14540 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 14541 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 14542 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 14543 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 14544 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 14545 return Types[I]; 14546 14547 return QualType(); 14548 } 14549 14550 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 14551 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 14552 SourceLocation IdLoc, 14553 IdentifierInfo *Id, 14554 Expr *Val) { 14555 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14556 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 14557 QualType EltTy; 14558 14559 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 14560 Val = nullptr; 14561 14562 if (Val) 14563 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 14564 14565 if (Val) { 14566 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 14567 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14568 else { 14569 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 14570 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 14571 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14572 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 14573 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 14574 // constant expression of the underlying type. 14575 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14576 ExprResult Converted = 14577 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 14578 CCEK_Enumerator); 14579 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 14580 Val = nullptr; 14581 else 14582 Val = Converted.get(); 14583 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 14584 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 14585 &EnumVal).get())) { 14586 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 14587 } else { 14588 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14589 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14590 14591 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 14592 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 14593 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 14594 // expression checking. 14595 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14596 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 14597 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14598 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14599 } else 14600 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 14601 } else 14602 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 14603 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? 14604 CK_IntegralToBoolean : CK_IntegralCast) 14605 .get(); 14606 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 14607 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 14608 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14609 // is the type of its initializing value: 14610 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 14611 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 14612 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14613 } else { 14614 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 14615 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 14616 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 14617 // representable as an int. 14618 14619 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 14620 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 14621 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14622 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 14623 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 14624 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 14625 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 14626 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 14627 } 14628 EltTy = Val->getType(); 14629 } 14630 } 14631 } 14632 } 14633 14634 if (!Val) { 14635 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 14636 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 14637 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 14638 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14639 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14640 // is the type of its initializing value: 14641 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 14642 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 14643 // 14644 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 14645 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 14646 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14647 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14648 } 14649 else { 14650 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 14651 } 14652 } else { 14653 // Assign the last value + 1. 14654 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14655 ++EnumVal; 14656 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 14657 14658 // Check for overflow on increment. 14659 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 14660 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 14661 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 14662 // is the type of its initializing value: 14663 // 14664 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 14665 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 14666 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 14667 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 14668 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 14669 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 14670 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 14671 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 14672 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 14673 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 14674 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14675 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 14676 ++EnumVal; 14677 if (Enum->isFixed()) 14678 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 14679 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 14680 << EnumVal.toString(10) 14681 << EltTy; 14682 else 14683 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 14684 << EnumVal.toString(10); 14685 } else { 14686 EltTy = T; 14687 } 14688 14689 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 14690 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 14691 // value, then increment. 14692 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 14693 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14694 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14695 ++EnumVal; 14696 14697 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 14698 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 14699 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 14700 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 14701 // integral type. 14702 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 14703 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 14704 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14705 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 14706 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 14707 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 14708 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 14709 } 14710 } 14711 } 14712 14713 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 14714 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 14715 // enumerator's type. 14716 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 14717 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 14718 } 14719 14720 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 14721 Val, EnumVal); 14722 } 14723 14724 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 14725 SourceLocation IILoc) { 14726 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 14727 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14728 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14729 14730 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 14731 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 14732 // skip the body. 14733 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14734 ForRedeclaration); 14735 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 14736 if (!PrevECD) 14737 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14738 14739 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 14740 NamedDecl *Hidden; 14741 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 14742 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 14743 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 14744 return Skip; 14745 } 14746 14747 return SkipBodyInfo(); 14748 } 14749 14750 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 14751 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 14752 AttributeList *Attr, 14753 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 14754 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 14755 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 14756 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 14757 14758 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 14759 // we find one that is. 14760 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 14761 14762 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 14763 // scope. 14764 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 14765 ForRedeclaration); 14766 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 14767 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 14768 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 14769 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 14770 PrevDecl = nullptr; 14771 } 14772 14773 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 14774 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 14775 // different from T: 14776 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 14777 // enumerated type 14778 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 14779 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 14780 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 14781 14782 EnumConstantDecl *New = 14783 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 14784 if (!New) 14785 return nullptr; 14786 14787 if (PrevDecl) { 14788 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 14789 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 14790 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 14791 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 14792 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S) && 14793 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(PrevDecl, New)) { 14794 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14795 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 14796 else 14797 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 14798 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 14799 return nullptr; 14800 } 14801 } 14802 14803 // Process attributes. 14804 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 14805 14806 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 14807 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 14808 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 14809 14810 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 14811 14812 return New; 14813 } 14814 14815 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 14816 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 14817 // Element2 = Element1 14818 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 14819 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 14820 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 14821 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 14822 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 14823 if (!InitExpr) 14824 return true; 14825 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 14826 14827 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 14828 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 14829 return true; 14830 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 14831 if (!IL) 14832 return true; 14833 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 14834 return true; 14835 14836 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 14837 } 14838 14839 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 14840 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 14841 if (!DRE) 14842 return true; 14843 14844 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 14845 if (!EnumConstant) 14846 return true; 14847 14848 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 14849 Enum) 14850 return true; 14851 14852 return false; 14853 } 14854 14855 namespace { 14856 struct DupKey { 14857 int64_t val; 14858 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 14859 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 14860 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 14861 }; 14862 14863 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 14864 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 14865 false); 14866 } 14867 14868 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 14869 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 14870 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 14871 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 14872 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 14873 } 14874 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 14875 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 14876 LHS.val == RHS.val; 14877 } 14878 }; 14879 } // end anonymous namespace 14880 14881 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 14882 // a previous element has already been set to. 14883 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14884 EnumDecl *Enum, 14885 QualType EnumType) { 14886 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 14887 return; 14888 // Avoid anonymous enums 14889 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 14890 return; 14891 14892 // Only check for small enums. 14893 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 14894 return; 14895 14896 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 14897 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 14898 14899 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 14900 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 14901 ValueToVectorMap; 14902 14903 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 14904 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 14905 14906 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 14907 // an initialier. 14908 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14909 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14910 14911 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 14912 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 14913 if (!ECD) { 14914 return; 14915 } 14916 14917 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 14918 continue; 14919 14920 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14921 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14922 14923 // First time encountering this value. 14924 if (Entry.isNull()) 14925 Entry = ECD; 14926 } 14927 14928 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14929 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14930 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14931 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14932 continue; 14933 14934 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14935 14936 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14937 if (Entry.isNull()) 14938 continue; 14939 14940 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14941 // Ensure constants are different. 14942 if (D == ECD) 14943 continue; 14944 14945 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14946 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14947 Vec->push_back(D); 14948 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14949 14950 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14951 Entry = Vec; 14952 14953 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14954 // diagnostics. 14955 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14956 continue; 14957 } 14958 14959 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14960 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14961 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14962 continue; 14963 14964 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14965 } 14966 14967 // Emit diagnostics. 14968 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14969 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14970 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14971 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14972 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14973 14974 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14975 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14976 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14977 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14978 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14979 ++I; 14980 14981 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14982 // the same value. 14983 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14984 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14985 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14986 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14987 delete Vec; 14988 } 14989 } 14990 14991 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14992 bool AllowMask) const { 14993 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14994 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14995 14996 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14997 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14998 14999 if (R.second) { 15000 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 15001 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 15002 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 15003 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 15004 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 15005 } 15006 } 15007 15008 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 15009 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 15010 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 15011 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 15012 // 15013 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 15014 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 15015 // likely a logic error. 15016 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 15017 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 15018 } 15019 15020 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 15021 Decl *EnumDeclX, 15022 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 15023 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 15024 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 15025 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 15026 15027 if (Attr) 15028 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 15029 15030 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 15031 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15032 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15033 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15034 if (!ECD) continue; 15035 15036 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15037 } 15038 15039 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 15040 return; 15041 } 15042 15043 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 15044 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 15045 // emit a warning. 15046 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 15047 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 15048 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 15049 15050 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 15051 // reverse the list. 15052 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 15053 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 15054 15055 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 15056 bool AllElementsInt = true; 15057 15058 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 15059 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 15060 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 15061 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15062 15063 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15064 15065 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 15066 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 15067 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 15068 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 15069 else 15070 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 15071 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 15072 15073 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 15074 if (AllElementsInt) 15075 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 15076 } 15077 15078 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 15079 QualType BestType; 15080 unsigned BestWidth; 15081 15082 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 15083 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 15084 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 15085 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 15086 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 15087 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 15088 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 15089 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 15090 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 15091 QualType BestPromotionType; 15092 15093 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 15094 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 15095 // enum definitions. 15096 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 15097 Packed = true; 15098 15099 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 15100 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 15101 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 15102 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 15103 else 15104 BestPromotionType = BestType; 15105 15106 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 15107 } 15108 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 15109 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 15110 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 15111 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15112 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 15113 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 15114 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15115 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 15116 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 15117 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 15118 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15119 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 15120 BestType = Context.IntTy; 15121 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15122 } else { 15123 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 15124 15125 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 15126 BestType = Context.LongTy; 15127 } else { 15128 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15129 15130 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 15131 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 15132 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 15133 } 15134 } 15135 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 15136 } else { 15137 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 15138 // all of the enumerator values. 15139 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 15140 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 15141 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 15142 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15143 BestWidth = CharWidth; 15144 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 15145 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 15146 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 15147 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 15148 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 15149 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 15150 BestWidth = IntWidth; 15151 BestPromotionType 15152 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15153 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 15154 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 15155 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 15156 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 15157 BestPromotionType 15158 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15159 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 15160 } else { 15161 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 15162 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 15163 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 15164 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 15165 BestPromotionType 15166 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15167 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 15168 } 15169 } 15170 15171 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 15172 // the type of the enum if needed. 15173 for (auto *D : Elements) { 15174 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15175 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15176 15177 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 15178 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 15179 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 15180 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 15181 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 15182 15183 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 15184 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15185 15186 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 15187 // the enum decl type. 15188 QualType NewTy; 15189 unsigned NewWidth; 15190 bool NewSign; 15191 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 15192 !Enum->isFixed() && 15193 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 15194 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 15195 NewWidth = IntWidth; 15196 NewSign = true; 15197 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 15198 // Already the right type! 15199 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15200 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15201 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15202 // enumeration. 15203 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15204 continue; 15205 } else { 15206 NewTy = BestType; 15207 NewWidth = BestWidth; 15208 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 15209 } 15210 15211 // Adjust the APSInt value. 15212 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 15213 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 15214 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 15215 15216 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 15217 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 15218 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 15219 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 15220 CK_IntegralCast, 15221 ECD->getInitExpr(), 15222 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 15223 VK_RValue)); 15224 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15225 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 15226 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 15227 // enumeration. 15228 ECD->setType(EnumType); 15229 else 15230 ECD->setType(NewTy); 15231 } 15232 15233 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 15234 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 15235 15236 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 15237 15238 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 15239 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 15240 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 15241 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 15242 15243 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 15244 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 15245 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 15246 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 15247 << ECD << Enum; 15248 } 15249 } 15250 15251 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 15252 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 15253 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 15254 } 15255 15256 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 15257 SourceLocation StartLoc, 15258 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 15259 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 15260 15261 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 15262 AsmString, StartLoc, 15263 EndLoc); 15264 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15265 return New; 15266 } 15267 15268 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 15269 SourceLocation ImportLoc, DeclContext *DC, 15270 bool FromInclude = false) { 15271 SourceLocation ExternCLoc; 15272 15273 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 15274 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 15275 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 15276 if (ExternCLoc.isInvalid()) 15277 ExternCLoc = LSD->getLocStart(); 15278 break; 15279 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 15280 break; 15281 } 15282 DC = LSD->getParent(); 15283 } 15284 15285 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 15286 DC = DC->getParent(); 15287 15288 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 15289 S.Diag(ImportLoc, (FromInclude && S.isModuleVisible(M)) 15290 ? diag::ext_module_import_not_at_top_level_noop 15291 : diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 15292 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 15293 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 15294 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 15295 } else if (!M->IsExternC && ExternCLoc.isValid()) { 15296 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::ext_module_import_in_extern_c) 15297 << M->getFullModuleName(); 15298 S.Diag(ExternCLoc, diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 15299 } 15300 } 15301 15302 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 15303 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15304 } 15305 15306 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, 15307 ModuleDeclKind MDK, 15308 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15309 // 'module implementation' requires that we are not compiling a module of any 15310 // kind. 'module' and 'module partition' require that we are compiling a 15311 // module inteface (not a module map). 15312 auto CMK = getLangOpts().getCompilingModule(); 15313 if (MDK == ModuleDeclKind::Implementation 15314 ? CMK != LangOptions::CMK_None 15315 : CMK != LangOptions::CMK_ModuleInterface) { 15316 Diag(ModuleLoc, diag::err_module_interface_implementation_mismatch) 15317 << (unsigned)MDK; 15318 return nullptr; 15319 } 15320 15321 // FIXME: Create a ModuleDecl and return it. 15322 15323 // FIXME: Most of this work should be done by the preprocessor rather than 15324 // here, in case we look ahead across something where the current 15325 // module matters (eg a #include). 15326 15327 // The dots in a module name in the Modules TS are a lie. Unlike Clang's 15328 // hierarchical module map modules, the dots here are just another character 15329 // that can appear in a module name. Flatten down to the actual module name. 15330 std::string ModuleName; 15331 for (auto &Piece : Path) { 15332 if (!ModuleName.empty()) 15333 ModuleName += "."; 15334 ModuleName += Piece.first->getName(); 15335 } 15336 15337 // If a module name was explicitly specified on the command line, it must be 15338 // correct. 15339 if (!getLangOpts().CurrentModule.empty() && 15340 getLangOpts().CurrentModule != ModuleName) { 15341 Diag(Path.front().second, diag::err_current_module_name_mismatch) 15342 << SourceRange(Path.front().second, Path.back().second) 15343 << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15344 return nullptr; 15345 } 15346 const_cast<LangOptions&>(getLangOpts()).CurrentModule = ModuleName; 15347 15348 auto &Map = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo().getModuleMap(); 15349 15350 switch (MDK) { 15351 case ModuleDeclKind::Module: { 15352 // FIXME: Check we're not in a submodule. 15353 15354 // We can't have imported a definition of this module or parsed a module 15355 // map defining it already. 15356 if (auto *M = Map.findModule(ModuleName)) { 15357 Diag(Path[0].second, diag::err_module_redefinition) << ModuleName; 15358 if (M->DefinitionLoc.isValid()) 15359 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition); 15360 else if (const auto *FE = M->getASTFile()) 15361 Diag(M->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_prev_module_definition_from_ast_file) 15362 << FE->getName(); 15363 return nullptr; 15364 } 15365 15366 // Create a Module for the module that we're defining. 15367 Module *Mod = Map.createModuleForInterfaceUnit(ModuleLoc, ModuleName); 15368 assert(Mod && "module creation should not fail"); 15369 15370 // Enter the semantic scope of the module. 15371 ActOnModuleBegin(ModuleLoc, Mod); 15372 return nullptr; 15373 } 15374 15375 case ModuleDeclKind::Partition: 15376 // FIXME: Check we are in a submodule of the named module. 15377 return nullptr; 15378 15379 case ModuleDeclKind::Implementation: 15380 std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation> ModuleNameLoc( 15381 PP.getIdentifierInfo(ModuleName), Path[0].second); 15382 15383 DeclResult Import = ActOnModuleImport(ModuleLoc, ModuleLoc, ModuleNameLoc); 15384 if (Import.isInvalid()) 15385 return nullptr; 15386 return ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Import.get()); 15387 } 15388 15389 llvm_unreachable("unexpected module decl kind"); 15390 } 15391 15392 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, 15393 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 15394 ModuleIdPath Path) { 15395 Module *Mod = 15396 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 15397 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 15398 if (!Mod) 15399 return true; 15400 15401 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 15402 15403 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 15404 15405 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 15406 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 15407 // silently ignoring the import. 15408 // Import-from-implementation is valid in the Modules TS. FIXME: Should we 15409 // warn on a redundant import of the current module? 15410 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule && 15411 (getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() || !getLangOpts().ModulesTS)) 15412 Diag(ImportLoc, getLangOpts().isCompilingModule() 15413 ? diag::err_module_self_import 15414 : diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 15415 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 15416 15417 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 15418 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 15419 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 15420 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 15421 // We need the length to be consistent. 15422 if (!ModCheck) 15423 break; 15424 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 15425 15426 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 15427 } 15428 15429 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15430 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, TU, StartLoc, 15431 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 15432 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15433 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, Import); 15434 TU->addDecl(Import); 15435 return Import; 15436 } 15437 15438 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15439 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext, true); 15440 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15441 } 15442 15443 void Sema::BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15444 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 15445 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 15446 // implementation detail of us building the module. 15447 // 15448 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 15449 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 15450 TUKind == TU_Module && 15451 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 15452 15453 bool ShouldAddImport = !IsInModuleIncludes; 15454 15455 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 15456 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 15457 if (ShouldAddImport) { 15458 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15459 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15460 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 15461 DirectiveLoc); 15462 if (!ModuleScopes.empty()) 15463 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, ImportD); 15464 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15465 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15466 } 15467 15468 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 15469 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15470 } 15471 15472 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 15473 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 15474 15475 ModuleScopes.push_back({}); 15476 ModuleScopes.back().Module = Mod; 15477 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 15478 ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModules); 15479 15480 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 15481 } 15482 15483 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation EofLoc, Module *Mod) { 15484 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, EofLoc, CurContext); 15485 15486 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 15487 VisibleModules = std::move(ModuleScopes.back().OuterVisibleModules); 15488 // Leaving a module hides namespace names, so our visible namespace cache 15489 // is now out of date. 15490 VisibleNamespaceCache.clear(); 15491 } 15492 15493 assert(!ModuleScopes.empty() && ModuleScopes.back().Module == Mod && 15494 "left the wrong module scope"); 15495 ModuleScopes.pop_back(); 15496 15497 // We got to the end of processing a #include of a local module. Create an 15498 // ImportDecl as we would for an imported module. 15499 FileID File = getSourceManager().getFileID(EofLoc); 15500 assert(File != getSourceManager().getMainFileID() && 15501 "end of submodule in main source file"); 15502 SourceLocation DirectiveLoc = getSourceManager().getIncludeLoc(File); 15503 BuildModuleInclude(DirectiveLoc, Mod); 15504 } 15505 15506 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 15507 Module *Mod) { 15508 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 15509 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 15510 return; 15511 15512 // Create the implicit import declaration. 15513 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 15514 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 15515 Loc, Mod, Loc); 15516 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 15517 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 15518 15519 // Make the module visible. 15520 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 15521 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 15522 } 15523 15524 /// We have parsed the start of an export declaration, including the '{' 15525 /// (if present). 15526 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, 15527 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15528 ExportDecl *D = ExportDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, ExportLoc); 15529 15530 // C++ Modules TS draft: 15531 // An export-declaration [...] shall not contain more than one 15532 // export keyword. 15533 // 15534 // The intent here is that an export-declaration cannot appear within another 15535 // export-declaration. 15536 if (D->isExported()) 15537 Diag(ExportLoc, diag::err_export_within_export); 15538 15539 CurContext->addDecl(D); 15540 PushDeclContext(S, D); 15541 return D; 15542 } 15543 15544 /// Complete the definition of an export declaration. 15545 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 15546 auto *ED = cast<ExportDecl>(D); 15547 if (RBraceLoc.isValid()) 15548 ED->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 15549 15550 // FIXME: Diagnose export of internal-linkage declaration (including 15551 // anonymous namespace). 15552 15553 PopDeclContext(); 15554 return D; 15555 } 15556 15557 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15558 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15559 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15560 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15561 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15562 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 15563 LookupOrdinaryName); 15564 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 15565 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 15566 15567 // If a declaration that: 15568 // 1) declares a function or a variable 15569 // 2) has external linkage 15570 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 15571 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15572 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 15573 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 15574 else 15575 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 15576 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 15577 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 15578 } else 15579 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 15580 } 15581 15582 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15583 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15584 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 15585 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 15586 15587 if (PrevDecl) { 15588 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 15589 } else { 15590 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15591 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 15592 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 15593 } 15594 } 15595 15596 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 15597 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 15598 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 15599 SourceLocation NameLoc, 15600 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 15601 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 15602 LookupOrdinaryName); 15603 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 15604 15605 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 15606 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 15607 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 15608 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 15609 } else { 15610 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 15611 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 15612 } 15613 } 15614 15615 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 15616 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 15617 } 15618 15619 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 15620 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 15621 if (!D) 15622 return AR_Available; 15623 15624 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 15625 // both the availability of the method as well as the 15626 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 15627 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 15628 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 15629 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 15630 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 15631 if (R != AR_Available) 15632 return R; 15633 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 15634 } 15635 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 15636 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 15637 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 15638 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 15639 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 15640 } 15641 // Recover from user error. 15642 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 15643 } 15644